REPEATERS JEE MAIN-2026

(JEE MAIN ONE YEAR PROGRAMME)

WORKBOOK

MATHEMATICS

Brilliant
STUDY CENTRE, PALA
Mutholy Campus, Ph: 04822 - 206100, 206800
www.brilliantpala.org., email: [email protected].
Page 2 blank
 CONTENTS

1. Sets-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------05
2. Relation and Functions------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------16
3. Linear inequalities-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------28
4. Trigonometric functions----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------40
5. Sequences & series------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------51
6. Quadratic equations-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------65
7. Straight lines----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------78
8. Circles---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------78
9. Conic section----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------05
10. Complex numbers---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------16
11. Permutation combination and Binomial theorem------------------------------------------------28
12. Limits and derivatives-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------40
13. Probability (Class XI)---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------51
14. Statistics----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------65
15. Three Dimensional Geometry (Class XI)---------------------------------------------------------------78
15. Three Dimensional Geometry (Class XI)---------------------------------------------------------------78
16. Relation and Functions------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------91
17. Inverse Trigonometric Functions----------------------------------------------------------------------- 132
18. Matrices and Determinants------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106
19. Continuity, Differentiability and Derivatives---------------------------------------------------- 119
20. Integration I--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132
21. Integration II----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------91
22. Application of differentiation---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 106
23. Differential equations----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119
24. Vectors----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132
25. Three Dimensional Geometry----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 146
26. Theory of Probability------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 164
Page 2 blank
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
SETS
01

QUESTIONS 4. Which of the following sets are null sets?

1. Which of the following is a set i) The set of all prime numbers lying between
15 and 19
A) collection of intelligent students in a class
ii) A = {
x : x2 =
−16, x ∈  }
B) collection of beautiful girls in a class
A
iii)= {x :=
x 2
16, x ∈ }
C) collection of handsome boys in a class

D) collection of boys in a class

=
iv) A {x : x < −4, x ∈ }
A) ii and iv
2. The set {x:x is an even prime number} can be
written as
B) ii only
A) {2,4}
C) i and ii
B) {2,14}
D) i and iii
C) {2,4,14}
5. Let A = {1, 2,3, 4} and B = {2,3, 4,1} then
D) {2}
A) A ∈ B B) A = B
3. Which of the following sets are finite
C) A ≠ B D) A ∉ B
W = set of days of the week
6. If A= {1, 2,3} , B = {x ∈ R : x 2
− 2 x + 1 = 0} ,
S = set of the solutions of the equation
x 2 − 16 =
0 C = {1,3, 2} and D = { x ∈ R : ( x − 1)( x − 2 )( x − 3) = 0}

G = set of points on a line then the equal sets are

A) W and S A) A and B

B) W and G B) B and C

C) S and G C) A, B and C

D) W, S and G D) A, C and D

Work Book 5
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

7. Let A = {1,3,5} and B={x:x is an odd natural 11. The set of real numbers {x : a < x < b} is

number less than 6}. Then, which of the called

following are true
A) open interval
A) A ⊂ B B) B ⊂ A B) closed interval
C) A=B D) A ∉ B C) Semi-open interval

1 2 3 4 5 6  D) semi-closed interval
8. The set  , , , , ,  in the set builder
2 3 4 5 6 7
12. If A = {2, 4, 6,8} and B = {6,8,10,12} , then
form is
A ∪ B is
 n 
A)  x : x
= , where n ∈ N and1 < n < 6  A) {2, 4, 6,8}
 n +1 
B)  x : x n  B) {6,8,10,12}
=  , where n ∈ N and1 ≤ n < 6 
 n +1 
C) {6,8}
 n 
C)  x : x
= , where n ∈ N and1 ≤ n ≤ 6 
 n +1  D) {2, 4, 6,8,10,12}

13. L e t A = {1, 2,3, 4,5, 6} a n d B = {2, 4, 6,8} .

D) none of these
Then
9. The universal set for the sets
A
= {x : x 2
+ 6 0}
− 5x = A) A–B= B–A B) A − B ≠ B − A
and =
B {x : x 2
+ 2 0} having least num-
− 3x = C) A − B ⊂ B − A D) B − A ⊂ A − B
ber of elements is
14. If A
= {1,=
2,3, 4,5} , B {2, 4} and C = {3, 4, 6}
A) {1,2} B) {1,3}
, then ( A ∪ B) ∩ C is
C) {1,2,3} D) {0,1, 2,3}
A) {3,4,6} B) {1,2,3}
10. The set A
= {x : x is an int eger and − 3 < x < 7} in
C) {1,4,3} D) {3, 4}
roster form is Y. Here, Yrefers to
15. Which of the following are correct
A) {−3, −2, −1, 0,1, 2,3, 4.5, 6, 7}
I: A − B = A − ( A ∩ B ) ,
B) {−2, −1, 0,1, 2,3, 4,5, 6}
II : A = ( A ∩ B ) ∪ ( A − B )
C) {0,1, 2,3, 4,5, 6}
III : A − ( B ∪ C ) = ( A − B ) ∪ ( A − C )
D) {1, 2,3, 4,5, 6} A) I, II B) II, III
E) {0,1,2,3} C) I, II, III D) none of these
6 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
16. If A and B are non-empty subsets of a set, then 22. Let A = {x : x is a digit in the number 3591},
( A − B) ∪ ( B − A ) = B = {x : x ∈ N, x < 10} which of the following

A) ( A ∩ B ) ∪ ( A ∪ B ) is false

A) A ∩ B =
= {1, 3, 5, 9}
B) ( A ∪ B ) − ( A − B )
B) A – B = φ
C) ( A ∪ B ) − ( A ∩ B )
C) B – A = {2, 4, 6, 7, 8}
D) ( A ∪ B ) =
B
D) A ∪ B = {1, 2, 3, 5, 9}
17. If the set A contains 5 elements, then the
number of elements in the power set P(A) is 23. Let A = {x:x is a multiple of 3} and B = {x:x is
equal to a multiple of 5}. Then A ∩ B is given by

A) 32 B) 16 A) {3,6,9....}

C) 8 D) 64 B) {5,10,15,20....}

18. The number of non-empty subsets of the set C) {15,30,60,120....}

{11,2,3,4} is
D) {15,30,45...}
A) 15 B) 14
24. If A is the set of positives divisors of 20, B is
C) 16 D) 17 the set of all prime numbers less than 15 and
C is the set of all positive even integers less
19. If A ∪ B = A ∩ B , then which of the following than 11, ( A ∩ B ) ∪ C then its

is true A) {2,3,5,7,8,10} B) {2,4,5,7,8,10}

A) A ⊂ B B) B ⊂ A C) {2,4,5,6,7,8,10} D) {2,4,5,6,8,10}

C) A = B D) All are true 25. In a city 20 percent of the population travels by

car 50 percent by bus and 10 percent travels
by both car and bus. Then persons travelling
20. If aN
= {ax / x ∈ N} then the set 6N ∩ 8N is by car or bus
equal to : A) 80% B) 40%
A) 8N B) 48 N C) 60% D) 705

C) 12 N D) 24 N 26. If A and B be two sets containing 3 and 5 el-

ements respectively then the minimum number
21. If aN
= {ax / x ∈ N} and bN ∩ cN =
dN where of elements in A ∪ B and maximum number

b, c ∈ N are relatively prime then of elements in A ∪ B are

A) d = bc B) c = bd A) 3,5 B) 5,8

C) b = cd D) a = cd C) 3,8 D) 2,8
Work Book 7
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
32.
27. { }
If A = a, {b} , , then P(A) is
If A,B and C are sets defined as
{x / x ∈ z + and x ≤ 16} ,
A=
{
A) φ, {a} , {b} , {a, b} }
B
= {x / x ∈ z and − 3 < x < 8} , a n d
{
B) φ, {a} , {{b}} , {a, b}}
C = {x / x is prime number} , then find the
{
C) φ, {a} , {{b}} , {a, {b}}}
number of elements belonging to exactly two
D) none of these of A,B and C, even though C is an infinite set

28. Which of the following is a singleton set? A) 1 B) 4

{
A) x : =
x 5, x ∈ N } C) 3 D) 5

{
B) x : =
x 6, x ∈ Z } 33. If A,B,C are sets such that n(A) = 12, n (B) =
16, n (C) = 18, n ( A  B=) 6, n ( B ∩ C=) 8,
{ x 2 7, x ∈ R
C) x : = }
n (C ∩ A) =
10 and n ( A ∩ B ∩ C ) =4 ,then
{ 2
D) x : x + 2x = 0, x ∈ R }
the number of elements belonging to exactly
29. If A and B are two non empty sets such that one of A,B and C
A ⊃ B , then
A) 8 B) 10
A) B′ − A′ =A − B
C) 15 D) 6
B) B′ − A′ =B − A

C) A′ − B′ = A − B 34. In a city, three daily newspapers A,B,C are

published. 42% of the people in that city read
D) A′ ∩ B′ = B − A A, 51% read B and 68% read C, 30% read A
and B, 28% read B and C, 36% read A and C,
30. If A = {1,2,3,4,}, B = {1,2,5,6}, C= {2,7,8,9} and 8% do not read any of the three newspapers.
The percentage of persons who read all the
D = {2,4,8,9}, then = ( A∆B ) ∆ ( C∆D ) =
three papers is
A) {3,4,5,6,7}
A) 25% B) 18%
B) {3,4,5,7}
C) 20% D) 30%
C) {3,5,7,8}
35. Two finite sets have m and n elements. The
D) {3,5, 6, 7} number of elements in the power set of first set
is 48 more than the total number of elements
31. If n ( A ∪=
B ) 42, n ( A ∩=
B ) 8, in power set of second set. Then the values
of m and n are
n ( A − B) =
22 then n ( B − A ) =
?
A) 6,3 B) 6,4
A) 12 B) 20

C) 34 D) 18 C) 7,4 D) 7,6

8 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
39. In a certain town, 25% families own a phone
36. If n(A) = 43, n(B) = 51 and n ( A ∪ B ) =
75,
and 15% own a car, 65% families own neither
a phone nor a car, 2000 families own both
then n((A - B) ∪ (B - A)) =
a car and a phone. Consider the following
statements in this regard
A) 53 B) 45
I) 10% families own both a car and a phone
C) 56 D) 66
II) 35% families own either a car or a phone
STATEMENT TYPE
III) 40000 families live in the town. Which of
37. Statement I : The interval {x : x ∈ R, −4 < x ≤ 6}
the following are correct

is resented by ( −4, 6] A) I and II are correct

Statement II : T h e i n t e r v a l B) I and III are correct

{x : x ∈ R, −12 < x < −10} is
C) II and III are correct
represented by [ −12, −10]
D) All are correct
A) Statement I is true
40. ( (
The number of elements in P P P ( φ ) is ))
B) Statement II is true
A) 2 B) 3
C) Both are true
C) 4 D) 8
D) Both are false
Numerical type
38. Statement I : If A = {x : x ∈ R, x ≥ 4} ,
41. ( A ) n=
If n= ( B ) 2n ( A ∩ B) , then

B= {x : x ∈ R, x > 5} then
n ( A ∪ B ) is multiple of :
B⊂A
42. I f n ( A ) = 8 a n d n ( A ∩ B) =
2, t h e n
Statement II : { n
If X = 8 − 7n − 1: n ∈ N } ( )
n ( A ∩ B )′ ∩ A is equal to

Y = {49 ( n − 1) : n ∈ N} then
43. If A = {1, 2,3, 4,5} find the number of subsets
X⊂Y
of A which contains exactly two elements
A) Statement I is true
44. Given n ( A − B ) =14 + x, n ( B − A ) =
3x
B) Statement II is true
and n ( A ∩ B) =
x and n ( A ) = n ( B ) then
C) Both are true

D) Both are false n ( A ∪ B) =

Work Book 9
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
45. In a group of 50 persons, everyone takes either
48. If A = {2, 4, 6,8,10,12,14,16,18} , then number
tea or coffee. If 35 take tea and 25 take coffee
then the number of persons who take tea only
of subsets of A containing exactly 4 elements
(and not coffee) is
is

46. If A = {1, 2,3, 4,5} find the number of subsets 49. Let S = {1, 2,3,,,,100} . The number of non-

of A which must contain 1,2 and not 5 is empty subsets of S such that the product
k
(
k
)
elements is even is 2 2 − 1 , then k =.....
47. B) 18, n ( A ∩=
If n(A −= B ) 25 ,
50. If 65% of people in a town like apples and 78%
like mangoes their find out the percentage of
n ( A ∪ B) =
70 then n (B) = .....
people who like both apples and mangoes
, where every people in the town like either
apple or mangoes

10 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. D 11. A 21. A 31. A 41. 3

2. D 12. D 22. D 32. D 42. 6

3. A 13. B 23. D 33. B 43. 10

4. A 14. D 24. D 34. A 44. 49

5. B 15. A 25. C 35 B 45. 25

6. D 16. C 26. B 36. C 46. 4

7. C 17. A 27. C 37. A 47. 52

8. C 18. A 28. A 38. C 48. 126

9. C 19. C 29. A 39. C 49. 50

10. B 20. D 30. D 40. C 50. 43

Work Book 11
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
RELATION AND FUNCTIONS
02

QUESTIONS 4. Let R be a relation on N defined by x + 2y =

8.
If R
1. = {( x, y ) : x, y ∈ z, x 2
+ y 2 ≤ 4} is a relation The domain of R is

on Z, then domain of R is A) {2, 4,8} B) {2, 4, 6,8}

A) {0,1, 2}
C) {2, 4, 6} D) {1, 2,3, 4}
B) {−2, −1, 0}

5. The range of the function x 2 − 1 is

C) {−2, −1, 0,1, 2}
A) [ −1,1] B) ( −∞, ∞ )

D) {−1, 0,1}

C) [ 0, ∞ ) D) ( −∞, 0]
=
2. A {1,=
2,3} , B {4,5, 6} and C {1, 2} then

( A − B) × ( A ∩ C ) = 1
6. The domain f ( x ) = of is
2
x −4
A) {(1,3) , (1,5)} A) ( −∞, ∞ ) B) ( −∞, ∞ ) − [ −2, 2]

B) {( 2,1) , ( 2, 2 ) , ( 2,3)}
C) ( 0, ∞ ) D) ( 0 )
C) {(1, 2 ) , (1,3) , (1,5)}
7. The range of the function f ( x=
) 2x − 5, is
D) {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , ( 2,1) , ( 2, 2 ) , ( 3,1) , ( 3, 2 )}
where x ∈ R
3. Let A and B be two sets such that n ( A × B ) =
6. A) R
B) [-1,1]
If three elements of A×B are (3,2),(7,5),(8,5),
then A =  1 1
C)  − , 
A) {3, 7,8} B) {2,5}  2 2

C) {2,5, 7} D) {7,8} D)  − 2, 2 

12 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
8. The domain of the real function
1
11. If A
= {1,=
2,3, 4} and B {5, 6, 7,8} , then
f (x) = is
4 − x2
which of the following are relations from A to
A) R B) R +

B?
C) (-2,2) D) [-2,2]

9. If A = {1, 2,5, 6} and B = {1, 2,3} , then {

A) R 1 = (1,5 ) , ( 2, 7 ) , ( 3,8 ) }

( A × B ) ∩ ( B × A ) equal to
B) R 2 = {( 5, 2 ) , ( 3, 7 ) , ( 4, 7 )}
A) {(1,1) , ( 2,1) , ( 6,1) , ( 3, 2 )}
C) R 3 = {( 6, 2 ) , ( 3, 7 ) , ( 4, 7 )}
B) {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , ( 2,1) , ( 2, 2 )}
C) {(1,1) , ( 2, 2 )} D) All are correct

D) {(1,1) , (1, 2 ) , ( 2,5) , ( 2, 6 )}

12. If A
= {1,=
2,3, 4} and B {1, 4,9,16, 25}
10. If A
= {1,3,
= 6} and B {x, y} , then represen-

tation of cartesian products by an arrow

diagrams of A×B is and R be a relation defined from A to B, as

R
= {( x, y ) : x ∈ A, y ∈ B and=y x 2} ,

A)

then domain of R and codomain of R is

B) A) {1, 2,3, 4} and {1, 4,9,16, 25}

B) {1, 4,9,16, 25} and {1, 2,3, 4}

C)

C) {1, 2,3, 4} and {1, 2,3, 4,9,16, 25}

D)
D) None of the above

Work Book 13
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
13. The graph of an identity function on R is
14. The graph of the functions, f ( x =
) x − 2 is

A)

A)

B)

C)
B)

D) None of these

15. Consider the following statements

Statement I : If ( 4x + 3, y )= ( 3x + 5, −2 ) ,
C)
then x = 2 and y = −2

Statement II : I f A = {−1,3, 4} t h e n A × A i s

{( −1, −1) , ( −1,3) ( −1, 4 ) ,

( 3, −1) , ( 4, −1) , ( 3, 4 )}

D) A) Statement I is true

B) Statement II is true

C) Both are true

D) Both are false

14 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
16. If A,B and C are three sets, then 20. The domain and range of the real function

A) A × ( B ∩ C ) = ( A × B ) ∩ ( A × C ) 9 − x 2 are

A) R and [0,2]
B) A × ( B′ ∪ C′ )′ = ( A × B ) ∩ ( A × C )
B) [-3,3] and [0,3]
C) Both A and B are true
C) [-3,3] and [-3,3]
D) Both A and B are false

17. The domain and range of the relation R given D) [0,3] and [0,3]
 6 
by x + , , where x, y ∈ N and x < 6  are
( x, y ) : y =
R=
 x  21. Let f
= {(1,1) , ( 2,3) , ( 0, −1) , ( −1, −3)} be a lin-
ear function from Z to Z, then, f(x) is
A) {1, 2,3} and {3,5}
A) x -1

B) {1, 2,3} and {5, 7}

B) 2x -1

C) {5, 7} and {1, 2,3} C) 2x+1

D) x+1
D) {3,5} and {1, 2,3}
=
22. If n ( A ) 10
= and n ( B ) 5, then

18. R is a relation on N given by

A) n(A×B) = 50
=R {( x, y ) : 4x=
+ 3y 20} which of the follow-
B) Number of relations from A to B is 250
ing belongs to R
C) n ( A × B ) = n ( B × A )
A) (-4,12) B) (5,0)
D) All of the above are true
C) (3,4) D) (2,4)

19. Let N be the set of natural numbers 23. The cartesian product of two sets A and B ie,

and the relation R be defined such that A×B =φ, if

{R
= ( x,=
y) : y 2x, x, y ∈ N} , then
A) either A or B is the null set
A) R is a function

B) R is not a function B) neither A nor B is null set

C) domain, range and codomain is N C) Both A and B are true

D) R is not a relation
D) Both A and B are false

Work Book 15
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
1 28. If R is relation on a finite set A having (n-1)
24. The domain of the function f ( x ) = is
x −x elements then the number of relation on A is
2
( n −1)
A) (1, ∞ )
n −1
A) 2 B) 2

C) ( n − 1) D) ( n − 1)
2 n −1

B) ( −∞, 0 )

C) ( −∞, ∞ ) Let n ( A ) m
29.= = and n ( B ) n. Then, the total

D) ( −∞, ∞ ) number of non-empty relations that can be

defined from A to B is
 1+ x 
25. If f ( x ) = log   , then f ( a ) + f ( b ) is equal A) mn
 1− x 
B) nm -1
to
C) mn - 1
A) f ( a + b ) B) f ( ab )
D) 2mn-1

 a+b   a−b  30. The figure shows a relations R between the

C) f   D) f  
 1 + ab   1 + ab  sets P and Q

26. The range of the function f ( x ) = x + 6x + 9 is

2

A) (1, ∞ ) B) [ 0, ∞ )

C) ( −∞, ∞ ) D) ( −∞,1]

log 2 ( x + 3)
27. The domain of the function f ( x ) =
x 2 + 3x + 2 The relation R in Roster form is
is
A) {( 9,3) , ( 4, 2 ) , ( 25,5)}
A) R − {−1, −2}

B) {( 9, −3) , ( 4, −2 ) , ( 25, −5)}

B) R − {−1, −2, 0}

C) ( −3, ∞ ) − {−1, −2}

C) {( 9, −3) , ( 9,3) , ( 4, −2 ) , ( 4, 2 ) , ( 25, −5) , ( 25,5)}

D) ( −3, −1) ∪ ( −1, ∞ ) D) ( 9,5 )( 4, −2 )( 25,1)

16 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
31. The figure shows a relation R between the 1
sets P and Q. 34. Range of f ( x ) = is
1 − 2 cos x

1 
A)  ,1
3 

 1
B)  −1, 
 3 

The relation R in set-builder form is

1 
C) ( −∞, −1] ∪  , ∞ 
A) {( x, y ) : x ∈ P, y ∈ 0} 3 

B) {( x, y ) : x ∈ 0, y ∈ P}  1 
D)  − ,1
 3 
C) {( x, y ) : x is thesquare of y, x ∈ P, y ∈ Q}
35. f : R − {3} → R be defined by

D) {( x, y ) : y is the square of x, x ∈ P, y ∈ Q}
x2 − 9
=f (x) and g : R → R be defined by
32. If A = {1, 2, 6} and R be the relation defined x −3

on A by
g ( x )= x + 3. Then, f ( x ) and g ( x ) are
R
= {( a, b ) : a ∈ A, b ∈ A and a divides b} ,
A) Equal functions
then range of R is equal to
B) not equal (domains are same)
A) {1, 2} B) {2, 6}
C) not equal (domains are not same)
C) {1, 2, 6} D) None of these D) None of the above

33. There are three relations R1,R2 and R3 such 36. The domain and range of the real function f
4−x
1 {
that R = ( 2,1) , ( 3,1)( 4, 2 ) ,
} defined by f ( x ) =
x−4
is given by

R 2 = {( 2, 2 ) , ( 2, 4 ) , ( 3,3) , ( 4, 4 )} and
A) Domain = R, Range = {−1,1}
R 3 = {(1, 2 ) , ( 2, 3) , ( 3, 4 ) , ( 4, 5 ) , ( 5, 6 ) , ( 6, 7 )} .

Then, B) Domain = R - {4} , Range = {−1}

A) R1 and R2 are functions

C) Domain = R- {4} , Range = R − {−1}
B) R2 and R3 are functions
C) R1 and R3 are functions
D) Only R1 is a functions D) Domain = R- {−4} , Range = {−1,1}

Work Book 17
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
37. The domain and range of the function given Numerical type
by f ( x ) = 2 − x − 5 is
Let A
41. = {1,=
2} , B {3, 4} . Then number of

subsets of A×B is
A) Domain = R , Range =
+
( −∞,1]
42. Let A = {1, 2,3} . The total number of distinct

B) Domain = R, Range = ( −∞, 2] relations which can be defined over A is

43. If n ( A × B × C ) =36 and
C) Domain = R, Range = ( −∞, 2 )
n ( A ) 3,=
= n ( B ) 2, the n ( C ) =

D) Domain = R , Range =
+
( −∞, 2] 44. If f ( x ) = x − 4x + 5, then f(2) =
2

45. I f f ( x ) = 2x + bx + c, a n d f ( 0 ) = 3 a n d
2
38. The domain of the function f, defined by
1
f (x) = is
x− x f ( 2 ) = 1, then f(1) =

A) R B) R+ 46. I f S i s s e t w i t h 5 e l e m e n t s a n d
C) R­ - D) φ =A {( x, y ) : x, y ∈ S, x ≠ y} then number of
elements in A is
x
39. The range of the function f ( x ) = is 
1+ x2 47. If x 2 . x < 0
,

( x )  x, 0 ≤ x < 1
f=
1 x ≥1
A) ( −∞, ∞ ) B) [ −1,1]  ,
x

 1 1 1
C)  − ,  D)  −2, 2  then the value of f   is
 2 2 2

40. If [ x ] − 5 [ x ] + 6 =
2
0, wher [.] denote the 1 1
48. If f ( x=
) x3 − 3
, then f ( x ) + f   is
x x
greatest integer function, then
( A × B ) 24, n=
49. If n= ( )
P ( B ) 64 , then n(A) is
A) x ∈ [3, 4] B) x ∈ [ 2,3]
equal to

C) x ∈ [ 2, 4] D) x ∈ [ 2,3) ∪ [3, 4 ) 50. Let A = {3, 4} . The total number of distinct

relations which can be defined over A is

18 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. A 21. B 31. C 41. 16

2. D 12. A 22. D 32. C 42. 512

3. A 13. A 23. A 33. C 43. 6

4. C 14. A 24. B 34. B 44. 1

5. C 15. A 25. C 35. C 45. 0

6. B 16. C 26. B 36. B 46. 20

7. A 17. B 27. C 37. B 47. 0.5

8. C 18. D 28. B 38. D 48. 0

9. B 19. A 29. D 39. C 49. 4

10. A 20. B 30. C 40. D 50. 16

Work Book 19
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
LINEAR INEQUALITIES
03

5. Solution set of x + y < 2, x > 0, y > 0 is :

QUESTIONS
A) Set of all points lying in the interior and boundary
1. The inequality x + 1 < x is true for of the triangle formed by the lines x = 0, y = 0 and
x+y=2
−1 −1
A) x < B) x > B) Set of all points lying in the interior of the
2 2 triangle formed by the lines x = 0, y = 0 and x
−1 1 +y=2
C) x = D) x =
2 2 C) The unbounded region of the x – y plane
E) x = 1 determined by the positive axes and the line
x+y=2
3x − 4 x + 1
2. The solution of ≥ − 1 is D) IV quadrant
2 4
E) None
A) x > 1 B) x ≥ 1
6. If 3x − 7 > 2 ( x − 6 ) and 6–x>11–2x ,then x
C) x > 2 D) x ≥ 2
lies is
E) x ≥ 0
A) ( 3, ∞ ) B) [5, ∞ )
3. If a > 0, b > 0, c > 0 then minimum value of
1 1 1 C) ( 5, ∞ ) D) ( 0, ∞ )
( a + b + c )  + +  is
a b c
7. The value of x, |x + 3| > |2x – 1| is
A) 3 B) 6
 −2   −2 
A)  ,4 B)  ,∞
C) 9 D) 27  3   3 

4. The solution of C) (0, 1) D) (1, 2)

5x 3x 2x − 1 x − 11 3x + 1 E) (0, 2)
+ > − <
4 8 12 3 4 8. The graph the inequation 2x + 3y > 12 is
A) x > 3 B) x < 40/41
A) a square B) a rectangle
C) x > 40/11 D) x ≤ 40
C) a straight line D) a triangle

E) x ≥ 3 E) an open half plane

20 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

9. Solution of 3x + 2 < 1 is x −1
14. The value of x for which ≥2
x

A)  −1,
−1 
B) 
 −1 
, −1 A) (0, 1) B) ( −∞, −1)
 3  3 
C) ( −∞, 0 ) D) [–1, 0)
 −1   1
C)  −1,  D) 1, 
 3   3 x+4
15. < 2 satisfied when x satisfies
−1  x −3

E)  −1,
 3 
 A) ( −∞,3) ∪ (10, ∞ ) B) (3, 10)

10. Solution of x − 1 ≥ x − 3 is C) ( −∞,3) ∪ [10, ∞ ) D) [3, 10]

A) x ≤ 2 B) x ≥ 2 16. In the first 4 papers each of 100 marks, Rishi

got 95, 72, 73, 83 marks. If he wants an aver-
C) [1, 3] D) x > 2 age of greater than or equal to 75 marks and
less than 80 marks, then the range of marks he
should score in the fifth paper is
E) x < 2
A) 52 ≤ x ≤ 75 B) 52 < x ≤ 77
5x 3x 39
11. The solution of + > ,
4 8 8 C) 52 ≤ x < 77 D) 52 < x < 76
2x − 1 x − 11 3x + 1
− < 17. Solution set of the following system of
12 3 4 inequations
A) x > 3 B) x < 40/41
x + y ≤ 4, 6x + 2y ≥ 8, x + 5y ≥ 4,
C) x > 40/11 D) x ≤ 40
x ≤ 3, y ≤ 2, x, y ≥ 0
1 A) triangular region in the XY plane
12. Solution of − 2 < 4 is
x
B) rectangular region in the XY plane
A) ( ∞, −1/ 2 )
C) quadrilateral region in the XY plane
B) (1/ 6, ∞ )
D) pentagonal region in the XY plane
C) ( −1/ 2,1/ 6 )
18. The solution set of x < 5x − 2 − 7x − 3 is :
2 3 5
D) ( −∞, −1/ 2 ) ∪ (1/ 6, ∞ )
A) x > − 2 B) x < −2
7 7
13. The set of values of x which satisfy the in-
x+2 C) x ≤ − 2 D) x ≤ − 3
equations 5x + 2 < 3x + 8 and < 4 is 7 7
x −1
19. The solutions of the equation 3 + 1 =
2 are
A) ( −∞,1) B) (2,3) x
A) 0, –1, –1/5 B) 2, –1
C) ( −∞,3) D) ( −∞,1) ∪ ( 2,3)
C) –1, –1/5 D) 2,3

Work Book 21
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
23. The solution of the system of linear inequalities
20. The inequality x + 1 < x is true for
3x + 9 ≤ 0, 7x − 2 < 0 and 1 − x > 9 is:
−1 −1
A) x < B) x > A) ( −∞, −8] B) ( −∞, −3)
2 2
 2
C) x =
−1
D) x =
1 C)  −∞,  D) ( −∞, −8 )
2 2  7

E) x = 1
E) ( −∞, −3)

21. The solution of the system of linear inequalities ( x − 2 )( x + 2 ) < 0

2x + 3 ≤ 4 and x − 4 ≥ 7 is: 24. is satisfied by which of
( x + 4) ( x − 4)
2 3

A)  −7 , −3  B)  −7  the following
 2   2 , −3 

A) ( −∞, −4 ) ∪ ( −4, −2] ∪ [ 2, 4 )

 −7 
C)  −7 , −3 D)  , −3 B) ( −∞, −4 ) ∪ ( −4, −2 ) ∪ ( 2, 4 )
 2   2 
C) ( −∞, −4 ) ∪ ( −4, −2 ) ∪ [ 2, 4 )
E) None
D) ( −∞, −2 ) ∪ ( 2, 4 )
22. Solutions of the inequations 1
25. Solution of 0 < 3x + 1 < is
3
x + y ≥ 6, x + 8y ≥ 13, 20x + 2y ≥ 30, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 A) ( −4 / 9, −2 / 9 )

 −4 −2 
B)  , 
is a 9 9 

A) triangular region in the XY plane B) rect-

angular region in the XY plane  −4 −2 
C)  , 
 9 9 
C) quadrilateral region in the XY plane
 −4 −2 
D)  ,  − {−1/ 3}
D) pentagonal region in the XY plane  9 9 

E) none of these

22 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. A 6. C 11. C 16. C 21. C

2. B 7. A 12. D 17. D 22. E

3. C 8. E 13. D 18. B 23. D

4. C 9. C 14. D 19. C 24. B

5. B 10. B 15. A 20. A 25. D

Work Book 23
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
04

QUESTIONS 1
4. If θ is an acute and tan θ = then,
7

1. tan10 + tan 890 = cosec 2 θ − sec 2 θ

=
cosec 2 θ + sec 2 θ
1
A) 1 5
sin10 A) B)
2 4
2
B) 3
sin 20 C) 2 D)
4
2
C) 4 x
sin10 5. − and x ∈ [ 0, π] then cos
If cos x = =
5 2
1
D) 1
sin 20 A)
10
2 2
2. The value of sec θ + cos ec θ =
2
B)
5
2 2
A) tan θ + cot θ
1
C)
2 2
B) sec θ.cosec θ
10

−2
D)
C) sec θ.cosecθ 5

π π π
2 2
D) sin θ cos θ 6. If − < θ < and θ ≠ ± then
2 2 4

3. 2 ( cos150 − sin150 ) = π  π 
cot  + θ  .cot  − θ 
4  4 
A) 3 B) 2 A) 0 B) -1

C) 1 D) 2 C) 1 D) -2
24 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
sin x sec x tan x 11. The value of expression
7. If × × 9 where
=
cos x cos ecx cot x ( 3 sin 750 − cos 750 )
 π 1 1
x ∈  0,  then x - A) B)
 2 2 2
π π
A) B) C) 2 D) 2
4 3

π
C)
2
D) π 12. Let P = {θ,sin θ − cos θ = 2 cos θ and}
8. The general solution of the equation Q= {θ : sin θ + cos θ = }
2 sin θ be two sets.
2 cos 2x 3.2 cos 2 x − 4 is
=
Then

A) x = 2nπ, n ∈ I
A) P ⊂ Q and Q − P ≠ ∅
B) x =nπ, n ∈ I

B) Q ⊄ P
C) x =
nπ / 4, n ∈ I

D) x =
nπ / 2, n ∈ I C) P ⊄ Q

9. On level ground the angle of elevation of the D) P = Q

top of a tower is 300. On moving 20 metres

13. A tree 12m high, is broken by the wind in
nearer the angle of elevation is 600. The
height of the tower in the nearest integer is such a way that its top touches the ground
and makes an angle 60° with the ground.
A) 15m B) 17m
The height from the bottom of the tree from

C) 19m D) 21m where it is broken by the wind is approximately

A) 5.57m B) 5.21m
10. Which of the following correct?
C) 5.36 m D) 5.9 m
0
A) sin1 > sin1
2
14. Greatest value of sin 2θ + cos θ + 4 is:
0
B) sin1 < sin1

9+ 5 9− 5
0 A) B)
C) cos1 = cos1 2 2
0
D) cos1 < sin1 C) 4 + 2 D) 4 − 2

Work Book 25
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
15. If sec A −=
tan A a, then =
sin A 2θ cot 2 θ − tan 2 θ
18. Solutions of 4 cot =

1− a2 π π
A) A) 2nπ + B) nπ −
1+ a2 4 4
1+ a2 π π
B) C) nπ ± D) nπ −
1− a2 4 3
2a
C) 19. The value of
1+ a2
1+ a2 π 2π 4π 8π 16π
D) cos cos cos cos cos is
1− a2 10 10 10 10 10
16. All solutions of the equation 2sin θ + tan θ = 0

are obtained by taking all integral values of m 10 + 2 5 sin ( π /10 )

and n in A) B) −
64 16

A) 2nπ + 2π , n ∈ I cos ( π /10 )

3 10 + 2 5
C) D) −
16 64

B) nπ or 2mπ ± 2π where n, m ∈ I 20. If tan

= 2
θ 2 tan 2 φ + 1, then the value of
3
cos 2θ + sin 2 φ is
C) nπ or mπ ± π where n, m ∈ I
3
A) 1

D) nπ or 2mπ ± π where n, m ∈ I B) 2
3

17. The most general solution of C) -1

1 is
tan θ = −1 and cos θ =
2 D) Independent of φ

A) nπ + 7 π , n ∈ I
4 21. 2θ 2sin 3θ and θ ∈ ( 0, π ) then the
If 3sin=

value of sin θ is
B) nπ + ( −1) 7 π , n ∈ I
n

4
2 3
A) B)
3 5
C) 2nπ + 7 π , n ∈ I
4
2 15
C) D)
D) None of these 5 4
26 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
22. The general solution of the equation One of more correct answer type
2
tan α + 2 3 tan α =1 is given by
1
25. =
Let f k (x)
k
( sin k x + cos k x ) where x ∈ R
nπ
=
A) α ,n∈I
2 and k ≥ 1. Then f 4 (x) − f 6 (x) equals

π 1 1
B) =
α ( 2n + 1) ,n∈I A) B)
2 4 12

π 1 1
C) =
α ( 6n + 1) ,n∈I C) D)
12 6 3

nπ 26. The value of is

=
D) α ,n∈I
12
π π π π
cos 2
.cos 3 .......cos 10 .sin 10
π 2 2 2 2
23. If A + B + C = , then
2
1 1
sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C = A) B)
512 256

1 1
A) 1-sinA sinB sinC C) D)
2 1024

B) 1+2 sinA sinB sinC

x y
27. If cos θ + sin θ =1 and
a b

C) 1-2sin A sinBsinC x y x 2 y2
sin θ − cos θ = −1 then 2 + 2 is equal
a b a b
D) 2+2sinAsinBsinC to

2 A) 0 B) 2
24. The maximum value of 12sin θ − 9sin θ, is

C) -1 D) 1
A) 3

28. ( 0
)( 0
) ( 0
If 1 + tan1 1 + tan 2 ..... 1 + tan 45 =2n )
B) 4
then the value of n is

C) 5
A) 20 B) 21

D) 6
C) 22 D) 23
Work Book 27
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

 π 34. If tan
= 2
θ 2 tan 2 φ + 1, then the value of
29. If x ∈ 0,  , the number of solutions of the
2 
equation sin 7x + sin 4x + sin x =
0 is cos 2θ + sin 2 φ is

A) 1 B) 2
A) 3 B) 5

C) -1 D) Independent of φ
C) 6 D) None

35. In ∆ABC, a =
4, b = 600 then the value
12, B =
0
=
30. In a triangle ABC, A 30
= , a 2 and
= c 4
of sin A is :
then c equal to
1 1
A) B)
A) 60
0
B) 90
0
2 3 3 2

2 2
0 0 C) D)
C) 75 D) 100 3 2

36. If (sec A +tan A) (sec B+ tan B)

31. An maximum value of 1 + 4sin θ + 3cos θ is

(sec C+tan C) = (sec A - tan A)

A) -3 B) -4
C) 5 D) 6
(sec B - tan B) (sec C - tan C) then each
side is equal to

32.
The value of
( cos11 0
+ sin110 )
is A) 1 B)
( cos11 0
− sin110 ) 2
A) - tan 3040 B) tan 560
C) 0 D) None

C) cot 2140­ D) cot 340

π
37. ( θ ) 5cos θ + 3cos  θ +  + 3, then the
f=
 3
33. The value of tan 3A-tan2A-tanA is equal to
range of f ( θ ) , is

A) tan 3A tan 2A tan A

A) [-5,11]

B) -tan 3A tan 2A tan A B) [-2,10]

C) tan A tan 2A-tan 2A tan 3A-tan 3A tan A C) [-3,9]

D) None of these D) [-4,10]

28 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

2θ 2sin 3θ and θ ∈ ( 0, π ) then the Numerical type

38. If 3sin
=

value of sin θ is 2π 5π
41. The value of sec + cosec =
3 6
2
A) + cos ecθ 2 then sin 6 θ =
+ cos ec6 θ
3 42. If sin θ=

3 43. cos ec100 − 3 sec100 =

B)
5
2 2
2 44. The least value of 2sin θ + 3cos θ is:
C)
5
45. 8sin 200 sin 400 sin 600 sin 800
15
D)
4
4 5
46. Let cos ( α + β ) = and let sin ( α − β ) = ,
39. Sin47 + Sin610 − Sin110 − Sin250 , is 5 13

π
where 0 ≤ α, β ≤ . Then tan 2α =
A) 36 0
4

B) Sin 70 sin 3A cos 3A

47. − =
sin A cos A

C) Cos 360 48. The value of the expression

D) Cos 70 tan10 tan 20 tan 30..... tan 880 tan 890

 α +β
tan  
q sin
= α p sin β then  2  is equal to
40. If is equal
to  α −β 
tan  
 2 
49. If 5 tan θ= 4, θ in I quadrant and
p q
A) B)
q p
5sin θ − 3cos θ
λ, then 15λ is
=
p+q p−q 5sin θ + 2 cos θ
C) D)
p−q p+q
 π  3π   5π   7π 
50. 16 1 + cos  1 + cos  1 + cos  1 + cos =
 8  8  8  8 

Work Book 29
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. B 11. C 21. D 31. D 41. 0

2. B 12. D 22. C 32. B 42. 2

3. C 13. A 23. B 33. A 43. 4

4. D 14. A 24. B 34. D 44. 2

5. C 15. A 25. B 35. A 45. 1.5

6. C 16. B 26. A 36. A 46. 1.70

7. B 17. D 27. B 37. D 47. 2

8. B 18. C 28. D 38. D 48. 1

9. B 19. D 29. C 39. D 49. 2.5

10. B 20. D 30. B 40. C 50. 2

30 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
SEQUENCES & SERIES
05

QUESTIONS 4. The sum of the series

9 99 999 9999
1. In a sequence of 9 terms, the first 5 terms are + + + + .....∞ is:
19 192 193 194
in A.P whose common difference is 2 and the
last 5 terms are in G.P whose common ratio
is 1/2. If the middle terms of the A.P and G.P A) 19/18 B) 18/19
are equal, then the middle term of the G.P is
C) 7/18 D) 18/17
A) 1/3 B) 4/3
5. Let a, b, c be in AP. If 0 < a, b, c < 1,

C) 5/3 D) 7/3
∞ ∞ ∞
=x
=n 0=
∑=
an , y
n 0
∑ bn and z = ∑ cn , then
n =0
2. If the sum of an infinitely decreasing G.P. is 3
and the sum of the squares of its terms is 9/2. A) 2y = x + z
Then the sum of the cubes of the terms is:
B) 2x = y + z

A) 107/13 B) 97/13
x+z
C) y =
xz
C) 107/24 D) 108/13
2xz
D) y =
x+z
3. If S is the sum to infinity of a Geometric pro- 1 2 3 n
gression, whose first term is ‘a’, then the sum 6. Given the sequence 10 ,10 ,10 ,...10 .
11 11 11 11

of the first n terms is:

The smallest value of n ∈ N such that the prod-

n n uct of the first ‘n’ terms of the sequence ex-

 a   a 
A) S 1 −  B) a 1 − 1 −   ceeds one lakh is
 S   S 

n
A) 10 B) 11
  S    a n 
C) a 1 − 1 −   D) S 1 −  1 −  
  a    S   C) 12 D) 9

Work Book 31
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
7. Given a sequence of ten numbers, if the first 11. 99th term of the series 2 + 7+ 14 + 23 + 34 + ........
number is 2 and each other number is the is
square of the preceeding number, then the
10th number is
A) 9997 B) 9999

A) between 1010 and 1015

C) 10000 D) 9998

B) between 1025 and 1050

n

C) between 1050 and 1075

12. If ∑ k ( k + 1)( k − 1)=
k =1
pn 4 + qn 3 + tn 2 + sn ,

D) more than 10100 where p,q,t and s are constants, then the val-
ue of s is equal to

8. A sequence is such that the sum of its any

number of terms, begining from the first, is four 1 1
A) − B) −
times as large as the square of the number 4 2
of terms. If the nth term of such a sequence is
996. Then the value of n is equal to 1 1
C) D)
2 4
(A) 100 B) 112
13. If a1 , a 2 ,...a 21 are in A.P. and their sum is 693

C) 125 D) 132 10
find ∑a
r =0
2r +1

9. Three positive numbers form an increasing

G.P. If the middle term in this G.P. is doubled, A) 253 B) 312
the new numbers are in A.P. Then the common
ratio of the G.P. is
C) 363 D) 388

A) 2 − 3 B) 2 + 3
14. If x =1 + r p + r 2p + r 3p + .... t o ∞ and

C) 2+ 3 D) 3 + 2
p
y =1 + r q + r 2q + r 3q + .... to ∞ then is,
q
 11 
10. ( x
) x
If log e 5, log e 5 − 1 and log e  5 −
 5
 are where r < 1

in A.P., then the values of x are log (1 + x )

A) B) log y x
log (1 + y )
A) log 5 4 and log 5 3 B) log 3 4 and log 4 3

C) log
(1 − x ) −1

D) log x y l
C) log 3 4 and log 3 5 D) log 5 6 and log 5 7
1 − y −1
32 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
2sin 2 θ−1
,14,34− 2sin 2 θ are first three term of an 19. The quadratic equation in x such that the arith-
15. If 3
metic mean of its roots is A and its geometric
mean is G is
A.P., then the fourth term is equal to
A) 30 B) 35
2 2
A) x + 2Ax + G =0
C) 40 D) 45
2 2
B) x − 2Ax + G =0
16. The sum of integer from 1 to 100 that are di-
visible by 2 or 5 is
2 2
C) x − Ax + G =0
A) 5050
2 2
D) x + Ax + G =0
B) 3050

20. The sum of 10 terms of the series

C) 4050
1.3.5+3.5.7+5.7+5.7.9+..... is

D) 5400
A) 28680 B) 28660
17. If a,b,c are in G.P.,then the equation
2
ax 2 + 2bx + c =0 and dx + 2ex + f =0 and
C) 28670 D) 28690

a b c
have a common root, if , , are in 21. A man arrange to pay off a debt of 3600 by
d e f 40 annual instalments which are in A.P. When
A) A.P. 30 of the instalments are paid he dies leaving
one third of the debt unpaid. The value of the
8th instalment is
B) G.P.

C) H.P. A) Rs.55 B) Rs.50

D) A.G..P. C) Rs.60 D) 65
5c 3b
18. If a,b,c are in G.P. (a,b,c>0)and log , log
a 5c 22. If three positive real numbers a,b,c (c>a) are
in H.P., then log (a+c)+ log (a-2b+c) is
a
and log are in A.P., then a,b,c are
3b
A) 2 log ( c − b )
A) sides of an equilateral triangle

B) 2 log ( a + c )
B) sides of an isosceless triangle

C) sides of a scalence triangle C) 2 log ( c − a )

D) cannot be the sides of any triangle D) log abc

Work Book 33
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
23. If a,b,c are in H.P. then the value of 26. Sum of the series
 1 1 −1  1 1 1 
 + +  + −  is 1(1) + 2 (1 + 3) + 3 (1 + 3 + 5 ) + 4 (1 + 3 + 5 + 7 ) +
 b c a  c a b 
3a 2 .... + 10 (1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + .... + 19 )
A) −
b3 ab

2 1 is equal to
B) −
bc b 2
A) 385
3 1
C) −
bc b3 B) 1025

2 1 C) 1125
D) −
abc c
D) 3025
24. Infinite number of triangles are formed as
shown in figure. If total area of these triangles
is A then 8A is equal to 27. If a1 , a 2 , a 3 , a 4 a r e in A.P then

1 1 1
+ + =
a1 + a 2 a 2 + a3 a3 + a4

a 4 − a1 a 4 − a1
A) B)
a3 − a 2 a3 − a 2
(A) 2 (B) 3
a3 − a 2 a1 − a 4
C) D)
a 4 − a1 a 3 − a1
(C) 4 (D) 5
28. The 5th and 8th terms of a GP are 1458 and
25. If the 2nd, 5th and 9th terms of a non-constant 54 respectively. The common ratio of the GP
A.P. are in G.P then the common ratio of this is
G.P is
1
A) 9 B)
8 3
A)
5 C) 4 D) 2

4
B) 29. Three numbers x,y and z are in arithmetic
3 progression. If x+y+z=-3 and xyz = 8, then
x2+y2+z2 is equal to
C) 1

A) 9 B) 10
7
D)
4 C) 21 D) 20
34 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
30. The first term of an A.P. is 148 and the common 35. The sum of n terms of two arithmetic series
difference is –2. If the A.M. of first n terms of are in the ratio 2n +3: 6n +5, then the ratio of
the A.P. is 125, then the value of n is their 13th terms is

A) 27:87 B) 53:155
A) 18 B) 24
C) 31:89 D) 29:83
C) 30 D) 36
36. Let Tr be the rth term of an A.P. whose first term
is ‘a’ and common difference is ‘d’. If for some
31. The sum of first 9 terms of the series 1 1
13 13 + 23 13 + 23 + 33 +ve integers m,n, m ≠ n, Tm =, and Tn =
+ + ..... is n m
1 1+ 3 1+ 3 + 5 then a – d equals

A) 71 B) 96
1
A) B) 1
mn
C) 142 D) 192
1 1
C) 0 D) +
m n
32. If {a n } isanA.P.and a1 + a 4 + a 7 + .... + a16 =
147
3 5 7
37. If the sum + + + .... + up
, then a1 + a 6 + a11 + a16 is? 12 12 + 22 12 + 22 + 32

k
A) 98 B) 100 to 20 terms is equal to , then k is equal to
21
A) 180 B) 240
C) 102 D) 104
C) 60 D) 120
33. If the product of five consecutive terms of a
243 38. If x = 1 + a + a2 + ........ ∞ and
GP is , then the middle term is
32
y = 1 + b + b2 + ...... ∞ where a and b are proper
3 2
A) B) fractions, then 1 + ab + a2 b2 + ...... ∞ equals
2 3

3 4 xy
C) D) A)
4 3 y + x −1
x+y
34. The sum of the first 100 terms common to the B)
x−y
series 17,21,25,....and 16,21,26,......is
x 2 + y2
C)
A) 11000 B) 110010 x−y
x
D)
C) 101100 D) 100101 x−y
Work Book 35
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Numerical type 44. If 52 . 54. 56 . 58 ..... 52n = (0.04)–28 then n =

39. If the sum of first 75 terms of an A.P is 2625,

then the 38th term of the A.P is
45. If a1 , a 2 ,.....a 20 are in AP and a1 + a 20 =
45 ,

40. Let a1 , a 2 , a 3 ,.....a 49 be in A.P. such that then a1 + a 2 + a 3 + .... + a 20 is equal to

12
46. If first, fifth and last terms of an A.P. is l, m, p
∑a
k =0
4k +1 = 416 a n d a 9 + a 43 =
66 . If
respectively and sum of the A.P. is
2 2
140m then m is equal to :
a + a + .....a =
1 2
2
17

41. 21/4.41/8.81/16.161/13 × .......∞ = (  + p )( 4p + m − 5 )

, then k =
k (m − )
42. In an ordered set of four numbers, the first 3 are
in A.P. and the last 3 are in G.P. whose common
ratio is 7/4. If the product of the first and fourth 47. Sum to n terms of 1+4+42....... is greater than
of these number is 49, then the product of the 3000. Then ‘n’ is necessarily greater than :
second and third of these is:

1 1+ 2 1+ 2 + 3 48. If 3 + 1 ( 3 + d ) + 12 ( 3 + 2d ) + ..... + up to ∞ =8 then

43. Let Sn =3
+ 3 3
+ 3 3 3 ..... 4 4
1 1 +2 1 +2 +3
the value of d is

1 + 2 + .... + n
+ .If 100Sn = n then n is equal
1 + 23 + .... + n 3
3

to

36 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. B 11. D 21. D 31. B 41. 4

2. D 12. B 22. C 32. A 42. 112

3. D 13. C 23. B 33. A 43. 199

4. A 14. C 24. B 34. C 44. 7

5. D 15. C 25. B 35. B 45. 450

6. B 16. B 26. D 36. C 46. 2

7. D 17. C 27. A 37. D 47 6

8. C 18. D 28. B 38. A 48. 9

9 B 19. B 29. C 39. 35

10. A 20. A 30. B 40. 34

Work Book 37
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
06

QUESTIONS 5. If α, β are the roots of 4x2+3x+7=0; then the

reciprocal of the value of α + β is

1. The roots of x2 - 5x + 6 = 0 are
3 −3
A) 3,2 B) -3,2 A) B)
4 4
3 1
C)-3,-2 D) ,
1 2 −3 −4
C) D)
7 3
2. If α, β are the roots of the equation
6. The quadratic equation whose roots are 2 and
3 is
x 2 − 2x + 2 =0, then α 2 + β2 is
A) x2–5x+6=0 B) x2+5x+6=0
A) 2 B) 0 C) x2+6x–5=0 D) x2–6x+6=0

C) 1 D) –4 7. If a, b are the roots of the equation

x 2 − 3x + k =0 such that a = 2b, then k =
3. The equation whose roots are 2 + 3 and
A) 1 B) 3
2 − 3 is C) –2 D) 2
8. The roots of 25x - 30x + 9 = 0 are
2
2
A) x − 2 2x + 3 =0 3 5 3 1
A) , B) ,
2 5 3 5 5
B) x − 2 2x − 7 =0
2
C) x − 2x + 7 =0 1 3 3
C) 1, D) ,
5 5 5
2
D) x + 2x − 7 =0
9. If α, β are the roots of the equation x2+3x+6=0;
4. The numerical difference of the roots of
x 2 − 7x − 9 =0 is”
α β
A) 2 then the value of +
β α
B) 16
1 −1
C) 2 85 A) B)
2 2
D) 85 C) 1 D) –1
38 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
3 3 3 3
10. If α + β = 4 and , α + β = 44, then α, β are 16. If α + β = −2 and α + β = −56 , then the

the roots of the equation: quadratic equation whose roots are α and

A) 2x2-7x+6=0 B) 3x2 -12x+5=0 β is

C) 3x2+9x+11=0 D) 9x2-27x+20=0 A) x2+2x-16=0
11. If α , β are the roots of the equation B) x2+2x+15=0

x 2 − px + 36 =
0 and , α 2 + β2 = 9, then p = C) x2+2x-12=0

A) ± 6 B) ±3 D) x2+2x-8=0
2
C) ±8 D) ±9 17. If α and β are the roots of x + 5x + 4 =0

12. If α and β are the roots of x2 – ax +b2 = 0,

α+2 β+2
then equation whose roots are ,
2 2
then α + β is equal to is 3 3

A) a2 + 2b2 B) a2 – 2b2 A) 9x2+3x+2=0

C) a2 – 2b D) a2 + 2b B) 9x2-3x-2=0

13. The quadratic equation ( x – a) ( x – b) + (x – C) 9x2+3x-2=0

b) ( x –c) + (x- c )( x – a) = 0 has equal roots
if D) 9x2-3x+2=0
A) a ≠ b, b =
c a b, b ≠ c
B)= 18. The equation whose roots are the squares of
the roots of the equation 2x2 + 3x + 1 = 0 is
C) a ≠ b, b ≠ c D) a= b= c
A) 4x2 + 5x + 1 = 0
14. If α, β are the roots of 2x +4x-5=0, then the
2

B) 4x2 – x + 1 = 0
equation whose roots are the reciprocals of
2α − 3, 2β − 3 is C) 4x2 – 5x – 1 = 0

A) x2+10x-11=0 D) 4x2 – 5x + 1 = 0

B) x2+10x+11=0 19. If α, β are the roots of 3x2 + 2x + 1 = 0, then

C) 11x2+10x+1=0
1− α 1− β
the equation with roots , is
D) 11x2-10x+1=0 1+ α 1+ β
15. The quadratic equation whose roots are three
2 A) x2 + 2x + 3 = 0
times the roots of the equation 2x + 3x + 5 =0,
B) x2 – 2x + 3 = 0
is
A) 2x2+9x+45=0 B) 2x2+9x-45=0 C) x2 + 3x – 2 = 0

C) 5x2+9x+45=0 D) 2x2-9x+45=0 D) x2 – 2x – 3 = 0

Work Book 39
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
20. If α and β are the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 25. All the values of m for which both roots of the
2 2
1 equations x − 2mx + m − 1 = 0 are greater
then the equation with roots and
aα + b
than -2 but less than 4, lie in the interval
1 A) -2 < m < 0 B) m > 3
is
aβ + b C) -1 < m < 3 D) 1 < m < 4
A) acx – bx + 1 = 0
2
26. If the difference between the roots of the
equation x2+ax+1=0 is less than 5 then the
B) acx2 + bx – 1 = 0
set of possible values of a is
C) acx2 – bx –1 = 0
A) (-3,3) B) ( −3, ∞ )
D) bx – ax + c = 0
2

C) ( 3, ∞ ) D) ( −∞, −3)
21. If α and β are the roots of x2 + px + q = 0,
27. I f t h e e q u a t i o n x 2+ 2 x + 3 = 0 a n d
ax 2 + bx=
+ c 0 a, b, c ∈ R, have a common
then ( α − β ) =
2

root, then a : b :c is
A) p2 – 4q B) 0
A) 3:2:1 B) 1:3:2
C) p + 4q
2
D) p – 4q
C) 3:1:2 D) 1:2:3
2 2
22. If α ≠ β and α = 5α − 3, β = 5β − 3, then the 1 1
28. If and are the roots of the equation,
α β
equation having α / β and β / α is its roots is
ax 2 + bx + 1= 1( a ≠ 0, a, b ∈ R ) , then the equa-
A) 3x2+19x+13=0 B) 3x2-19x+3=0

C) 3x2-19x-3=0 D) x2-16x+1=0 ( 3
) (
3
tion x x + b + a − 3abx = )
0 has roots
3/2 3/2
A) α and β
23. Let two number have arithmetic mean 9 an
geometric mean 4. Then these numbers are 1/2 1/2
B) αβ and α β
the roots of the quadratic equation
C) αβ and αβ
A) x2+18x+16=0 B) x2-18x+16=0
−3/2 −3/2
D) α and β
C) x -18x-16=0
2
D) x +18x-16=0
2

29. The equation 3x 2 + x + 5 = x − 3, where x is

24. If both the roots of the quadratic equation
x 2 − 2kx + k 2 + k − 5 =0 are lessthan 5, than real, has

k lies in the interval A) no solution

B) Exactly one solution

A) (5,6) B) (6, α )
C) exactly two solution
C) ( −∞, 4 ) D) [4,5]
D) exactly four solutions
40 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
30. If the two roots of the equation 34. If α, β are the roots of ax2+bx+c=0, and
( a − 1) ( x + x + 1) + ( a + 1) ( x + x + 1) =
4 2 2 2
0
Sn = α n + βn then aSn +1 + cSn −1 =
are real and distinct, then the set of all values
of a is A) bSn B) bnSn

 1  C) 2bSn D) -bSn
A)  − , 0  2
 2  35. Let α, β are the roots of x + x − 1 =0 . If

B) ( −∞, −2 ) ∪ ( 2, ∞ ) Un + U n − 3
U n = α n + βn then =
U n −2
 1   1
C)  − , 0  ∪  0,  A) 1 B) 2
 2   2
C) 3 D) 4
 1 2
D)  0,  36. If α is a root of the equation 4x + 2x − 1 =0
 2
then the other root is given by
If the equation x ( x + m )= 12m + 3m − x has
2
31.
3 3
A) 4α − 3α B) 4α + 3α
equal roots then the value of m is
1 1
C) α − D) −α −
1 1 2 2
A) − B)
2 7
x 2 + px + 3
1 1 37. If takes all real values for possible
C) − D) x2 + x + p
7 4
32. Given tan A and tan B are the roots of real value of x, then
x 2 − ax + b =0. The value of sin 2 ( A + B ) is = 1
B) p = 4
3
A) 4p + 39 < 0
a2 a2
A) B) 1
a 2 + (1 + b ) a 2 + (1 − b )
2 2
C) p ≥ D) 4p3 + 39 ≥ 0
4
b2 a2
C)
a + (1 + b )
2 2 D)
b + (1 + a )
2 2 38. (2
)
If α and β are the roots of P x − x + x + 5 =0

If P1,P2 are two values of P for which α, β are

If α, β are the roots of x − p ( x + 1) − c =
2
33. 0,
α β 4
connected by + =, then the value of
β α 5
α 2 + 2α + 1 β2 + 2β + 1
then + is equal to P1 P2
α 2 + 2α + c β2 + 2β + c + =
P22 P12
A) 0 B) 1 A) 4048 B) 4028

C) 2 D) -1 C) 4058 D) 4840

Work Book 41
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

cos 4 θ + α,sin 4 θ + α are the roots of the 43. The quadratic equations x2-6x+a=0 and
39. If
x2-cx+6=0 have one root in common. The
2
e q u a t i o n x + 2bx + b =0 a n d other roots of the first and second equations
are integers in the ratio 4:3. Then the common
root is
cos 2 θ + β,sin 2 θ + β are the roots of the equa-
44. If a,b,c are real numbers such that
2
tion x + 4x + 2 =0, then the value of b is a 2 + 2b =
7, b 2 + 4c =
−7 a n d c 2 + 6a =
−14
A) –1 B) 1
then the value of
(a 2
+ b2 + c2 )
=
C) –2 D) 0 7

40. The number of real roots of 2

45. Let α and β be roots of equation x − 6x − 2 =0
15
A x + 16 + x = p 2 n n
4 . If a n = α − β , for n ≥ 1, then the value of
13 − x 2
B =1 q 1
1+ x
a10 − 2a 8
C x= x − 2 r Infinite =
2a 9
D x + 2 x −1 − x − 2 x −1 =2 s 0
46. The number of roots of the equation
2 is
x = x +x−4
A) A → q, B → p, C → s, D → r
47. The sum of the roots of the equation

(8 + 3 7 ) ( )
x 2 −3 x 2 −3
B) A → s, B → p, C → r, D → q is......
+ 8−3 7 16
=

C) A → s, B → p, C → q, D → r 48. The number of roots of the equation

D) A → s, B → p, C → q, D → q ( )
0 is......
x − 2 x 2 − 4x + 3 =

Numerical type 49. If α and β are the roots of

2
375 x − 25x − 2 =0 and Sn = α n + βn , then
41. If one root of the equation x2+px+12=0 is 4,
while the equation x2+px+q=0 has equal roots,
∞
the value of 144∑ ( α + β ) =
r r
then the value of q is
r =1

42. The value of a for which the sum of the 50. If x1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 are the solutions of the equa-
squares of the roots of the equation
x 2 − ( a − 2 ) x − a − 1 =0 assume the least 4
( 2
)
tion x + 4 − 3 x + 4 + 3 =0, then the
value is
value of (1 − x1 )(1 − x 2 )(1 − x 3 )(1 − x 4 ) =

42 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. D 21. A 31. C 41. 12.25

2. B 12. B 22. B 32. A 42. 1

3. B 13. D 23. B 33. B 43. 2

4. D 14. C 24. C 34. D 44. 2

5. D 15. A 25. C 35. B 45. 3

6. A 16. D 26. A 36. A 46. 2

7. D 17. C 27. D 37. A 47. 0

8. D 18. D 28. A 38. A 48. 2

9. B 19. B 29. A 39. A 49. 12

10. B 20. A 30. C 40. D 50. 9

Work Book 43
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
STRAIGHT LINES
07

QUESTIONS 5. If the equation of base of an equilateral triangle

is 2x-y=1 and vertex is (-1,2), then the length
1. If the straight lines 4x+6y = 5 and 6x+ky = 3 of the side of the triangle is
are parallel, then the value of k is equal to
−2 20
A) B) 8 A) units
3 3
C) 9 D) 10
2
B) units
2. The ratio by which the line 2x+5y-7=0 divides 15
the straight line joining the points (-4,7) and
(6,-5) is 8
C) units
15
A) 1 : 4 B) 1 : 2
15
C) 1 : 1 D) 2 : 3 D) units
2
3. A point on the straight line 3x+5y=15 which is
equidistant from the coordinate axes will lie 6. Two sides of a parallelogram are along the
only in lines 4x + 5y =
0 and 7x + 2y = 0. If the equa-

A) 1st and 2nd quadrants tion of one of the diagonals of the parallelo-
gram is 11x + 7y = 9, then other diagonal
B) 4TH quadrant

C) 1st,2nd and 4th quadrants passes through

D) 1st quadrant
A) (1,2)
4. A(2,-3) and B(-2,1) are vertices of ∆ABC . If

its centroid lies on the line 2x + 3y =

1, then B) (2,2)

locus of the vertex C, is

C) (2,1)
A) 3x+2y=5 B) 2x-3y=7

C) 2x+3y=9 D) 3x-2y=3 D) (1,3)

44 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
7. Three distinct point A,B and C are given in the 10. If the straight line x + y −=
2 0, 2x − y +=
1 0
2-dimensional coordinates such that the ratio
of the distance of any one of them from the and ax + by − c =0 are concurrent, then the
point (1,0) to the distance from the point (-1,0)
is equal to 1 . Then, the circumcentre of the family of lines 2ax + 3by + c =0 (a,b,c are
3
∆ABC is at the point.
non-zero) is concurrent at
1 1
A) (2,3) B)  , 
5  5   2 3
A  ,0 B)  , 0 
4  2 
1 5
5  C)  − , −  D)  2 , − 7 
C)  , 0  D) ( 0, 0 )  
3   6 6 3 5

8. The image of the point (3,5) in the line 11. If the lines ax + y + 1= 0, x + by + 1= 0 and
x − y +1 =0 lies on
x+y+c =0 ( a,b,c being distinct and different
from 1) are concurrent, then
A) ( x − 4 ) + ( y − 4 ) =
2 2
8
 1   1   1  is equal to
 + + 
 1− a   1− b   1− c 
B) ( x − 4 ) + ( y + 2 ) =
2 2
16
A) 0 B) 1
C) ( x − 2 ) + ( y − 2 ) =
2 2
12
1
D) ( x − 2 ) + ( y − 4 ) =
2 2
4 C) D) None of these
a+b+c
9. A triangle is formed by lines 12. A light ray emerging from the point source
2x − 3y − =
6 0,3x − y +=
3 0 a n d placed at P(2,3) is reflected at a point Q on
the Y-axis and then passes through the point
3x + 4y − 12 =
0 . If the points R(5,10). Then, coordinate of Q are

P ( α, 0 ) and Q ( 0, β ) always lie on or inside A) (0,3) B) (0,2)

C) (0,5) D) None of these
the ∆ABC , then
13. If the two sides AB and AC of a triangle are
A) α ∈ [−1, 2]and β ∈ [ −2,3] along 4x − 3y − 17 =
0 and 3x + 4y − 19 =
0,
then the equation of the bisector of the angle
B) α ∈ [−1,3] and β ∈ [ −2,3] between AB and AC is

C) α ∈ [−2, 4] and β ∈ [−3, 4] A) x+7y+2 = 0 B) 7x-y-36 = 0

D) α ∈ [ −1,3] and β ∈ [−2,3] C) 7x-y+36 = 0 D) x-7y+2=0

Work Book 45
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
14. The equation of the stright line parallel to 19. Slope of a line passing through P(2,3) and
y = −3x and passing through the point ( 3, −2 ) intersecting the line x+y= 7 at a distance of 4
units form P is
is
A) 5 −1 B) 1 − 7
A) y = -3x+7 5 +1 1+ 7

B) y = -3x+9 C) 1 − 5 D) 7 −1
1+ 5 7 +1
C) y = -3x-11
20. A triangle has a vertex at (1,2) and the mid-
D) y = -3x - 7
points of the two sides through it are (-1,1) and
15. If the straight line 5x+y=k forms a triangle with (2,3). Then the centroid of this triangle is
7 1 5
the coordinate axes of area 10 sq.units, then A) 1,  B)  , 
the values of k are  3 3 3

A) ±15 B) ±10 C)  1 ,1 D)  1 , 2 

   
3  3 
C) ±5 D) ±20

16. If (a,b) be an end of a diagonal of a square 21. The set of all possible values of θ in the inter-
and the other diagonal has the equation x-y=a,
then another vertex of the square can be val ( 0, π ) for which the points (1,2) and

A) (a-b,a) B) (a,0) ( sin θ, cos θ ) lie on the same side of the line

C) (0,-a) D) (a-b,b)
x+y=
1 is
17. Two vertices of a triangle are (0,2) and (4,3).
A)  0, π  B)  0, 3π 
It its orthocentre is at the origin, then its third    
 4  4 
vertex lies in which quadrant?
π
A) Fourth B) Second C)  π , 3π  D)  0, 
   2
4 4 
C) Third D) First
22. An equation of a line through the point (1,2)
18. If the straight line 2x − 3y + 17 =
0 is perpen- whose distance from point (3,1) has the great-
er value is
dicular to the line passing through the points
(7,17) and (15,β ) , then β equals A) y = 2x

A) -5 B) − 35 B) y = x+1
3
C) x+2y=5
35
C) D) 5
3 D) y = 3x-1

46 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
x y 26. If p and p are the distance of origin from the
1

23. The line + =1 meets the Y-axis and X-ax-

3 4 lines x sec α + y cos ec α ± k and

is at A and B, respectively. A square ABCD is

constructed on the line segment AB away from x cos α − y=
sin α k cos 2α, then
the origin. The coordinates of the vertex of the
square farthest from the origin, are 2
4p 2 + p1 is equal to

A) (7,3) B) (4,7)
A) k B) 2k
C) (6,4) D) (3,8)

C) k2 D) 2k2
24. Consider the points A(0,1) and B(2,0) and P
be a point on the line 4x + 3y + 9 =0 . Coor-
27. Lines L1 : y − x =0 and L 2 : 2x + y =0 inter-
dinates of P such that [PA-PB] is maximum are

 12 17  sect the line L3 : y + 2 =0 at P and Q, respec-

A)  − , 
 7 5
tively. The bisector of the acute angle between
 84 13 
B)  − ,  L1 and L2 intersects the line L3 at R. Consider
 5 5
the following two statements.
 6 17 
C)  − , 
 5 5
Statement I : The ratio PR : RQ = 2 2 : 5
D) (0,-3)

25. In a ∆ABC, A = ( α, β ) , B = ( 2, 3) and C = (1, 3) and Statement II : In any triangle, bisector of

an angle divides the triangle
y 2x + 3 where α ∈1,
point A lies on line = into two similar triangles.

Area of ∆ABC, ∆ is such that [∆ ] =5. Possi-

A) Both statement I and II are true and II is
ble coordinate of A are (where [.] represents correct explanation of I
greatest integer function)

B) Both statements are true and II is not correct

A) (2,3)
explanation of I

B) (5,13)
C) Statement I is true and statement II is false
C) (-5,8)

D) (-3,-5) D) Statement I is false and statement II is true

Work Book 47
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
28. Consider a triangle having vertices 31. In a ∆ABC, suppose y = x is the equation of
A ( −2,3) , B (1,9 ) and C ( 3,8 ) . If a line L pass- the bisector of the angle B and the equation
of the side AC is 2x-y=2. If 2AB = BC and the
ing through the circumcentre of ∆ABC, bi- point A and B are respectively (4,6) and ( α, β )
sects line BC and intersects Y-axis at point
 α  , then the value of real number α is , then α + 2β is equal to
 0, 
 2
A) 42 B) 39
A) 81 B) 9 C) 48 D) 45
32. A line passing through the point A(9,0) makes
300 with the positive direction of x-axis. If this
C) 18 D) 0
line is rotated about A through an angle of 150
in the clockwise direction, then its equation in
29. The portion of the line 4x + 5y =
20 in the first the new position is
y
A) +x =
9
quadrant is trisected by the lines L1 and L2 3−2
passing through the origin. The tangent of an
y
angle between the lines L1 and L2 is: B) +y=9
3−2
8 25 x
A) B) C) +y=9
5 41 3+2
2 30 y
C) D) D) +x =
9
5 41 3+2
30. Let  5, a  , be the circumcenter of a triangle
  33. Let A (a,b), B(3,4) and (-6,-8) respectively
 4
denote the centroid, circumcentre and ortho-
a  centre of a triangle. Then, the distance of the
with vertices A(a,-2),B(a,6) and C  , −2  . Let
4  point P(2a+3,7b+5) from the line 2x+3y-4=0
measured parallel to the line x-2y-1=0 is
α denote the circumradius, β denote the area
A) 15 5 B) 17 5
and γ denote the perimeter of the triangle. 7 6
C) 17 5 D) 5
Then α + β + γ is
7 17
A) 60
34. If (2,-6), (5,2) and (-2,2) constitute the vertices
B) 53 of a triangle, then the line joining the origin and
its orthocentre is
C) 62 A) x+4y= 0 B) x-4y=0

D) 30 C) 4x-y=0 D) 4x+y=0
48 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
35. The intersection of three lines
38. The equations ( b − c ) x + ( c − a ) y + a − b =0
x − y= 0, x + 2y= 3 and 2x + y =6 is a:

A) Right angled triangle

(b 3
− c3 ) x + ( c3 − a 3 ) y + a 3 − b 3 =
0 will repre-

sent the same line if

B) Equilateral triangle

A) b = c
C) Isosceles triangle
B) c = a
D) None of the above
C) a = b
36. If p and q are the lengths of the perpendiculars
from the origin on the lines, x cosec D) All of the above
α − y sec α − y sec
= α k cot 2α a n d
39. The area of a triangle is 5 sq.unit. Two of its
x sin α + y cos
= α k sin 2α respectively, then vertices are (2,1) and (3,-2). The third vertex
lies on y = x +3. The coordinates of the third
k2 is equal to
vertex can be
2 2
A) 2p + q A) ( −3 / 2,3 / 2 )

B) ( 3 / 4, −3 / 2 )
2 2
B) p + 2q

2 2
C) 4p + q C) (7/2,13/2)

D) ( −1/ 4,11/ 4 )
2 2
D) p + 4q

37. The equation of one of the straight lines which 40. If bx + cy =a, where a,b,c are the same sign,
passes through the point (1,3) and makes an be a line such that the area enclosed by the
( )
angle tan −1 2 with the straight line, line and the axes of reference is
1
unit 2 , then
8
y +1 =3 2x is:
A) b,a,c are in GP
(
A) 4 2x + 5y − 15 + 4 2 =
0 )
B) b,2a,c are in GP
(
B) 5 2x + 4y − 15 + 4 2 =
0 )
a
C) b, , c are in AP
C) 4 2x + 5y − 4 2 =
0 2

(
D) 4 2x − 5y − 5 + 4 2 =
0 ) D) a, b, c are in GP

Work Book 49
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Numerical type 900 and the side AB is of
47. In ∆ABC, ∠C =
41. The number of integral values of m for which
the x-coordinate of the point of intersection of length 60 units. The equations of the medians
the lines 3x + 4y = 9 and =y mx + 1 is also AD and BE, respectively are
an integer is y=
x + 3 and y =
2x + 4 Then, the area of
42. The interior angle bisector of ∠A for ∆ABC
∆ABC (in sq. units) is
whose coordinates of the vertices are
A ( −8,5 ) , B ( −15, −19 ) and C (1, −7 ) has the
48. Absolute value of the sum of the abscissa of
equation ax + 2y + c =0. Find the value of all the points on the line x + y =4 that lie at a

a+c
. unit distance from the line 4x + 3y − 10 =
0 is
89

43. If the distance of the point (2,3) from the line

2x-3y+9=0 measured along the line 49. Let the point M(2,1) be shifted through a dis-
x − y +1 = 0 is d 2, then find d +2. tance 3 2 units measured parallel to the line

44. If the perpendicular bisector of the line seg- L : x+y-1=0 in the direction of decreasing or-
ment joining the points P(1,4) and Q(k,3) has
dinates, to reach at N. If the image of N in the
y-intercept equal to -4,then a value of k is
line L is R and Q. If the distance of R from the
45. The distance of the point (3,-5) from the line line 3x-4y+25 = 0 is d. Find [0.14d]
3x − 4y − 26 =0 is

46. Let A ( −1,1) B ( 3, 4 ) and C ( 2, 0 ) be given three 50. If the line 2x-y +3 = 0 is at a distance
1 2 units from the lines 4x − 2y + α = 0
and
=
points. A line y mx, m > 0 intersects lines 5 5

AC and BC at point P and Q, respectively. Let

and 6x − 3y + β = 0 respectively, then the sum
A1 and A2 be the areas of ∆ABC and ∆PQC

respectively, such that A1 = 3A 2 , then the of all possible values of α and β is

value of m is equal to

50 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. B 21. D 31. A 41. 2

2. C 12. C 22. A 32. A 42. 1

3. A 13. D 23. B 33. C 43. 6

4. C 14. A 24. B 34. B 44. -4

5. A 15. B 25. B 35. C 45. 0.6

6. B 16. B 26. C 36. C 46. 1

7. A 17. B 27. C 37. A 47. 400

8. D 18. D 28. B 38. D 48. 4

9. D 19. D 29. D 39. A 49. 1

10. C 20. D 30. B 40. B 50. 30

Work Book 51
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
CIRCLES
08

QUESTIONS 4. The equation of the circle concentric with x2+y2-

2x+2y-1=0 and double of its area is:
SOLIDS
2 2
A) x + y − 2x + 2y − 4 =
0
1. Which of the equations represents a circle
2 2
B) x + y + 4x − 6y + 14 =
0
A) 4x + 3y − 5 =0
2 2
2 2 C) x + y − 5x + 6y + 5 =0
B) x + 9y =25 4
2 2
2 2 D) x + y + 3x − 4y + 20 =
0
C) x + y + y − 4x + 3y + 8 =0
2 2
D) x + 5y + 4x − 8y =
16 5. The equation of the circle of radius 5 and touching
the co-ordinate axes in third quadrant is:
2. Find the equation of circle whose diameter is the
A) ( x − 5 ) + ( y + 5 ) =
2 2
joining the points (-4,3) and (12,-1) 25

B) ( x + 5 ) + ( y + 5 ) =
2 2
2 2
A) x + y − 2x + 8y + 50 =
0 25

C) ( x + 4 ) + ( y + 4 ) =
2 2 2 2
B) x + y − 8x − 2y + 51 =
0 25

D) ( x + 6 ) + ( y + 6 ) =
2 2
C) x + y − 8x + 6y + 51 =
0 2 2
25
2 2
D) x + y − 7x − 7y + 6 =0 6. The equation of the circle whose diameters are
2x − 3y + 12 =
0 and x + 4y -5 = 0 and area 154
3. Equation of circle with centre (2,3) and touching
square units is
the line 3x–4y+1=0 is

A) ( x + 3) + ( y + 2 ) =
2 2
2 2
A) x + y − 4x − 6y + 12 =
0 49

B) ( x + 3) + ( y − 2 ) =
2 2
2 2
B) x + y − 4x − 6y − 12 =
0 49

C) ( x − 3) + ( y + 3) =
2 2
2 2
C) x + y − 6x − 4y + 12 =
0 25

D) ( x − 3) + ( y − 3) =
2 2 2 2
D) x + y − 6x − 4y − 12 =
0 25
52 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
7. The area of the circle centred at (1,2) and passing 11. The equation of a circle which touches the
through (4,6) is: y-axis and has its centre at (1,2) is
2 2
A) x + y − 2x − 4y + 4 =0
A) 5π B) 25π

2 2
B) x + y − 2x − 4y + 1 =0
C) 10π D) 12π
2 2
C) x + y + 2x + 4y + 4 =0
8. The equation of the circle passing through the
point (2,4) and has its centre at the intersection 2 2
D) x + y − 3x − 4y + 6 =0
x−y=4 and 2x+3y = –7 is
12. The equation of circle whose diameter is the
2 2
A) x + y − x + y − 20 =0 line joining the points (–4, 3) and (12, –1) is

2 2
A) x2 + y2 – 2x + 8y + 50 = 0
B) x + y − 2x + 6y − 40 =
0
B) x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y –51 = 0
2 2
C) x + y − 6x + 2y =
0
C) x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + 51 = 0
2 2
D) x + y − x + y − 40 =0
D) x2 + y2 – 7x – 7y + 6 = 0

9. If one end of the diameter of the circle 13. The equation of the circle whose centre is (3, 4)
2x 2 + 2y 2 − 4x − 8y + 3 =0 is (3,2), the other and which touches the line 5x + 12y = 1 is
381
A) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + = 0
end is 169

B) x2 + y2 – 6x + 7y + 381 = 0
A) (2,3) B) (4,–2)
381
C) x2 + y2 – 8x + 7y + = 0
C) (–1,2) D) (2,–1) 169

10. A circle passes through (0,0),(a,0) and (0,b). The D) x2 + y2 – 7x + 8y – 381 = 0

co-ordinate of its centre are: 14. The equation of a circle passing through
(3, –6), and touching both the axes is
A) (b/2,a/2)
A) x2 + y2 – 6x + 6y + 9 = 0
B) (a/2,b/2)
B) x2 + y2 + 6x – 6y + 9 = 0
C) (a,b)
C) x2 + y2 + 30x – 30y + 225 = 0
2 2
D) (b,a) D) x + y − 30x − 30y + 225 =
0

Work Book 53
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Statement Type 2 2
17. The equation of a circle is x + y − 8x + 6y − 3 =0
A) Both statement I and statement II are true
and statement II is correct explanaiton of Then the equation of the diameter parallel to

statement I 2x − 7y + 7 =0 is

A) 2x − 7y + 5 =0
B) Statement I and statement II are true but
statement II is not the correct explanaiton of
B) 2x − 7y − 15 =
0
statement I
C) 2x − 7y + 20 =
0
C) Statement I is true but statement II is false

D) 2x − 7y − 29 =
0
D) Statement I is false but statement II is true
18. The centres of the circles
15. Tangents are drawn from the point (17,7) to the
2 2 x 2 + y 2 = 1, x 2 + y 2 + 6x − 2y = 1 and
circle x + y =169
x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 4y =
1 lie on
Statement I : The tangents mutually per-
pendicular A) a circle B) st.line

C) x2=9y D) x2=3y
Statement II : The locus of the points
from which mutually 19. The equation of a circle of radius ‘r’ and touch-
perpendicular tangents can ing both the axes in first quadrant is
be drawn the given circle is
A) x2 + y2 – 2rx = 0
x 2 + y2 =
338
B) x2 + y2 – 2ry = 0
16. The value of k so that the line 2x + y + k =0
C) x2 + y2 + 2rx + 2ry + c = 0

2 2 2 2 2
touch the circle x + y + 4x − 6y − 12 =
0 is: D) x + y − 2rx − 2ry + r =0
2 2
5 +1 20. The circle x + y − 8x + 4y + 4 =0 touches
A)

A) x-axis
B) 5 5 + 1
B) y-axis
C) 5 5 − 1
C) both x and y axis

D) 5 3 + 1
D) doesnot touch the axis
54 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
21. The equation of the circle with radius 5 whose
( x + 1) + ( y + 2 )
2 2
24. If the circles r2 a n d
=
centre lies on x-axis and passes through the
point (2,3):
x 2 + y 2 − 4x + y + 4 =0 intersect at exactly two
2 2
A) x + y − 4x − 21 =
0
distinct points then
2 2
B) x + y + 4x − 21 =
0
A) 5 < r < 9

2 2
C) x + y − 2x − 17 =
0 B) 0 < r < 7

2 2
D) x + y − 7x + 5y + 10 =
0 C) 3 < r < 7

1
D) <r<7
22. The equation of the circle passing through the 2
points (2,3) and (-1,1) and whose centre is on 25. Length of the chord cut off by y = 2x + 1 from the
the lie x − 3y − 11 =
0 is circle x2 + y2 = 4 is equal to

13 17
2 2
A) x + y − 7x + 5y − 14 =
0 A) 2 B) 2
5 5

2 2 11 19
B) x + y + 5x − 5y − 10 =
0 C) 4 D) 2
5 5
2 2
C) x + y + 9x − 7y + 13 =
0
26. Angle between the tangents drawn from origin
2 2
D) x + y − 7x + 8y − 17 =
0 to the circle ( x – 7)2 + ( y + 1)2 = 25 is

A) π / 3 B) π / 6
23. The equation of the circle which passes through
the origin and cuts off intercepts 3 and 4 from the C) π / 2 D) π / 8
positive parts of the axes respectively
2 2
27. The equation of the chord of contact of the circle
 3 5
A)  x −  + ( y + 2 ) =
2
  x 2 + y2 =
16 w.r.t to the point (3 , 5) is
 2 2
2 2
 3 5 A) 3x + 5y –16 =0
 + ( y − 2) =
2
B)  x −  
 2 2
2
2 2 B) 3x + 5y –5 = 0
 5
C)  x −  + ( y − 2 ) =
2
 
 3 4
C) 3x + 5y –25 = 0
2 2
 2 5
D)  x +  + ( y − 2 ) =
2
 
 3 3 D) 3x + 5y + 25 = 0

Work Book 55
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
28. Equation of the chord of the circle 31. The equation of the circle passing through the
x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 6y − 12 =
0 whose mid point is point (1, 2) and through the point of intersection of
x2 + y2 - 4x - 6y - 21 = 0 and 3x + 4y + 5 = 0 is
(1, 1)
given by

A) x + 2y + 3 =0 2 2
A) x + y + 2x + 2y + 11 =
0

B) x + 2y − 3 =0 2 2
B) x + y − 2x + 2y − 7 =
0

C) x + 2y + 1 =0 C) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y - 3 = 0

D) x2 + y2 + 2x + 2y - 11 = 0
D) x + 2y − 1 =0
32. The equation of the circle having its centre on x +
29. A circle is drawn to cut a chord of length 2a 2y - 3 = 0 and passing through the point of inter-
units along X axis and to touch the Y axis. The section of the circles x2 + y2 - 2x - 4y + 1 = 0 and

locus of the centre of the circle is: x2 + y2 - 4x - 2y + 4 = 0 is

2 2 A) x2 + y2 - 3x + 4 = 0
A) x + y =a2

B) x2 + y2 - 2x - 2y + 1 = 0
2 2 2
B) x − y =
a
C) x2 + y2 + 2x - 4y + 4 = 0
2
C) x + y =a
D) x2 + y2 - 6x + 7 = 0
2 2
D) x − y =4a 2 33. Let C be the circle with centre at (1, 1) and radi-
us =1. If T is the circle centred at (0, y), passing
30. The parametric equations of the circle
through origin and touching the circle C exter-
x 2 + y 2 + x + 3y =0 are:
nally, then the radius of T is equal to
3
A) x = 1 + cos θ , y = + sin θ 1
2 A)
2
1 − 3 1
B) x =− + cos θ, y = + sin θ B)
2 2 4

C) x = 1 + cos θ, y = − 3 + sin θ C)
3
2 2 2
1 1 3 1 3
D) x = + cos θ, y = + sin θ D)
2 2 2 2 2
56 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
34. The circle x + y = 4x + 8y + 5 intersects the line
2 2
37. The straight line x + 2y =
1 meets the coordinate
3x – 4y = m at two distinct points if: axes at A and B. A circle is drawn through A, B
and the origin. Then the sum of perpendicular
A) –35 < m < 15 B) 15 < m < 65 distances from A and B on the tangent to the
circle at the origin is
C) 35 < m < 85 D) –85 < m < –35 A) 5 B) 5
4 2

35. If each of the lines 5x + 8y =

13 and 4x − y =3
C) 2 5 D) 4 5

contains a diameter of the circle

38. The two circles x 2 + y2 =
ax and
x + y − 2 ( a − 7a + 11) x − 2
2 2 2

x 2 + y 2= c 2 , ( c > 0 ) touch each other if

(a 2
− 6a + 6 ) y + b + 1 =
3
0 , then

A) a = 2c B) a = 2c
=
A) a 5and b ∉ ( −1,1)
C) 2 a = c D) a = c
=
B) a 1and b ∉ ( −1,1)
39. The locus of a point such that the tangents
C) a 2 and b ∉ ( −∞,1)
= drawn from it to the circle are perpendicular
to each other is
D) a 5 and b ∈ ( −∞,1)
= 2 2
A) x + y − 6x − 8y − 25 =
0

36. If a circle passes through the point (a,b) and cuts 2 2

B) x + y + 6x − 8y − 5 =0
2 2
the circle x + y =4 orthogonally, then the lo-
2 2
C) x + y − 6x + 8y − 5 =0
cus of its centre is
2 2
D) x + y − 6x − 8y + 25 =
0
2 2
(
A) 2ax + 2by + a + b + 4 =
0 )
40. If Q is the point of the circle
x 2 + y 2 − 10x + 6y + 29 =
0 which is farthest
(
B) 2ax + 2by − a + b + 4 =
0 2 2
) from the point P(–1,–6) then the distance form
P to Q is
2 2
(
C) 2ax − 2by + a + b + 4 =
0 )
A) 2 5 B) 2 7
2 2
(
D) 2ax − 2by − a + b + 4 =
0 ) C) 4 5 D) 4 7

Work Book 57
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Numerical type 46. The area of the portion of the circle

x 2 + y 2 − 4y =
0 lying below the x-axis is
41. The radius of the circle passing through the point
(6,2), two of whose diameters are x+y=6 and
If two chords having lengths a − 1 and 3 ( a + 1)
2
47.
x+2y=4 is:
, where a is a constant, of a circle bisect each
42. If the line 2x − y + λ = 0 is a diameter of the other, then the radius of the circle is

2 2
circle x + y + 6x − 6y + 5 =0 then λ = 48. Suppose a circle passes through (2,2) and

(9,9) and touches the x axis at P. If O is the

43. The lines 3x+4y+4 =0 and 6x-8y-7=0 are the
tangents to the same circle. The radius of the origin then OP =

circle is:
49. The shortest distance between the circles
44. If m1 and m2 be the slopes of two perpendicular
(x–1)2+(y+2)2=1 and (x+2)2+(y–2)2=4
chord of equal length passing through origin
of circle ( x − 1) + ( y + 2 ) =
2 2
5 50.
2 2
If the circle x + y + 4x + 22y + c =0 bisects
2 2
then the value of m1 + m 2 is equal to
the circumference of the circle
2 2
45. If x=7 touches the circle x + y − 4x − 6y − 12 =
0 x 2 + y 2 − 2x + 8y − d =0 then c+d is equal to

then the sum of co-ordinates of the point is

58 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. A 21. B 31. D 41. 4.47

2. B 12. B 22. A 32. D 42 9

3. A 13. A 23. B 33. B 43. 0.75

4. A 14. A 24. C 34. A 44. 9

5. B 15. A 25. C 35. A 45. 10

6. B 16. B 26. C 36. B 46. 0

7. B 17. D 27. A 37. B 47. 7.5

8. B 18. A 28. B 38. D 48. 6

9. C 19. D 29. B 39. A 49. 2

10. B 20. B 30. B 40. C 50. 50

Work Book 59
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
CONIC SECTION
09

QUESTIONS 5. The vertex of the parabola y = x2-2x+4 is

shifted m units to the right and n units up. If
1. If the parabola y = 4 ax passes through (3,2)
2
the resulting point is (7,8) then the values of
then the length of the latus rectum is
m and n respectively are
1 2
A) B)
3 3 A) 5 and 6 B) 6 and 8

C) 4 D) 2 C) 8 and 5 D) 6 and 5
3
6. If (-3,0) is the vertex and Y-axis is the direc-
2 trix of the parabola, then its focus is at the
2. The focus of the parabola y − x − 2y + 2 =0
point
is
A) (0,-6) B) (-6,0)
1  3 
A)  , 0  B)  ,1
4  4  C) (-6,0) D) (6,0)

7. The equation of the ellipse whose focii are

5  1 5
C)  ,1 D)  ,  (4,0) and (-4,0) and eccentricity is 1
4  4 4
3
2 2
A) x + y =
2 2
3. The equation of the directrix of the parabola 16 B) x + y =32
9 8 9 8
x2-4x-3y+10 = 0 is
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
C) + 16
= D) + 32
=
A) 4y-5=0 B) 5x+4=0 8 9 8 9

C) 4y+3=0 D) 4y+5=0 8. Focii of the ellipse

0 are
25x 2 + 9y 2 − 150x − 90y + 225 =
4. The equation of the parabola with vertex (-6,2)
passing through (-3,5) and having axis parallel
A) (3,5),(5,3)
to X-axis is
B) (3,1),(3,9)
A) (y+2) = 3x+16
2
B) (x+6) = 3y-6
2
C) (6,3),(3,6)
C) (x-6)2 = 4y-8 D) (y-2)2 = 3x+18 D) (-3,-5),(-5,-3)
60 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
9. If the length of the major axis of an ellipse 13. Axis of a parabola lies along the x-axis. If its
is three times the length of its minor axis, its vertex and focus are at distances 2 and 4
eccentricity is respectively from the origin, on the positive
1 x-axis then which of the following points does
A) 1 B)
3 3 not lie on it

C)
1
D)
2 2 A) (4,-4) (
B) 5, 2 6 )
2 3
C) ( 8, 6 ) (
D) 6, 4 2 )
10. The equation of directrix of the ellipse
14. =
If the parabolas y 2 4b ( x − c ) and y 2 = 8ax
1 is
4x 2 + 8y 2 =

A) x + 2 =
0 B) y − 2 =
0 have a common normal, then which one of the
following is a valid choice for the ordered triad
C) x 2 + 1 =0 D) y 2 + 1 =0
(a,b,c)
11. The equation of the hyperbola with eccen- 1 
A) (1,1,0) B)  , 2,3 
tricity 3 and focii ( ±2, 0 ) is 2 
2 1 
C)  , 2, 0  D) (1,1,3)
2 2 2 
A) x − y =
1
16 20 9
15. A circle cuts a chord of length 4a on the x-ax-
2 2
B) x − y =1
is and passes through a point on the y-axis,
9 4 9
distant 2b from the origin. Then the locus of
2 2
C) x − y =
4 the centre of this circle is
4 9 9
A) A hyperbola
2 2
x y
D) − 1
=
4 9 B) A parabola

C) a straight line
12. The centre of the hyperbola
0 is
9x 2 − 16y 2 − 18x − 64y − 199 = D) on the parabola

A) (1,2)
16. The ratio of the areas of the triangles PQS and
PQR is
B) (1,-2)

A) 1: 2 B) 1 : 2
C) (-1,2)

D) (-1,-2) C) 1 : 4 D) 1 : 8

Work Book 61
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
17. The radius of the circumcircle of triangle PRS x 2 y2
is 21. Let E be the ellipse + 1 and C be the
=
27 3
A) 5 B) 3 3
2 2
circle x + y =9, Let P and Q be the points
C) 3 2 D) 2 3
(1,2) and (2,1) respectively. Then,
18. The radius of the incircle of triangle PQR is
A) 4 B) 3 A) Q lies inside C but outside E
C) 8/3 D) 2 B) Q lies outside both C and E
Matrix Match
19. Three normals are drawn from (3,0) to the C) P lies inside both C and E

parabola y2 = 4x which meet the parabola at D) P lies inside C but outside E

points P,Q and R 2 2
22. The ellipse E1 : x + y =1 is inscribed in a
Column I Column II 9 4
A Area of ∆PQR p) 2
rectangle R whose sides are parallel to the
Radius of 5 co-ordinate axes. Another ellipse E2 passing
B q)
circumcircle of ∆PQR 2 through the point (0,4) circumscribes the rect-
angle R. The eccentricity of the ellipse E2 is
5 
C Centroid of ∆PQR r)  ,0 2 1  2 1
2  A)  ,  B)  − , 
5 5  5 5
2 
D Circumcenter of ∆PQR s)  ,0 C)  2 −1  D)  2 , −1 
3   
− ,  5 5 
 5 5 
A) A → p; B → q;C → s; D → r
Passage
B) A → q; B → p;C → s; D → r Tangents are drawn from the point P(3,4) to
the ellipse x 2 y 2 touching the ellipse at
+ 1
=
C) A → s; B → p;C → s; D → r 9 4
points A and B
D) A → r; B → p;C → s; D → q
23. The co-ordinates of A and B are respectively
20. The eccentricity of an ellipse having centre at
A) (3,0) and (0,2)
the origin, axes along the co ordinate axes and
 −8 2 1615   −9 8 
passing through the points (4,-1) and (-2,2) is B)  ,  and  , 
 5 15   5 5
3 3
A) B)  −8 2 161 
2 4 C)  ,  and ( 0, 2 )
 5 15 
 −9 8 
C)
2
D)
1 D) ( 3, 0 ) and  , 
5 2  5 5
62 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
24. The orthocenter of triangle PAB is 2 2
28. A tangent to the ellipse x + 4y =4 meets
7 25 2 2
the ellipse x + 2y =6 at P and Q. Then the
A)  5, 8  B)  , 
  5 8 
 7
angle between the tangents at P and Q of the
 8 7 2 2
ellipse x + 2y =6 is
C)  11 , 8  D)  , 
   25 5 
 5 5 π π
A) B)
3 6
Passage
π π
C) D)
Let F1 ( x1 , 0 ) and F2 (x2,0) for x1 < 0 and x 2 > 0 4 2
be the foci of the ellipse . Suppose a parab- 29. Consider the family of circles
2 2 2
ola having vertex at the origin and focus at x + y= r , 2 < r < 5. If in the first quadrant,
F2 intersects the ellipse at point M in the first the common tangent to a circle of this family
2 2
quadrant and at point N in the fourth quadrant and the ellipse 4x + 25y =100 meets the
25. The orthocentre of the ∆F1MN is coordinate axes at A and B then the equation
of the locus of the midpoint of AB is ..............
2 
A)  −9 , 0  B)  , 0  25 4 25 4
  3  + 4
= + 4
=
 10  A) B)
x 2 y2 y2 x 2

9  2  25 3
C)  ,0 D)  , 6 
 10  3  C) + 3
= D) None of these
x 2 y2

26. If the tangents to the ellipse at M and N meet

30. The minimum area of2 the triangle formed by
at R and the normal to the parabola at M meets 2
x y
the tangent to 1 and the coordinate
+ 2 =
the X axis Q then the ratio of area of the a 2
b
axes is
∆MQR to area of the quadrilateral MF1 NF2 is
a 2 + b2
A) ab B)
A) 3:4 B) 4:5 2
(a + b)
2
C) 5:8 D) 2:3 a 2 + ab + b 2
C) D)
2 3
27. Let d be the perpendicular distance from the 31. The equation of a tangent to the hyperbola
centre of the ellipse to any tangent to the el- 4x 2 − 5y 2 =
20 parallel to the line x − y =2 is
lipse. If F1 and F2 are the two foci of the ellipse,
( PF1 − PF2 ) A) x − y + 9 =0
2
then =
2 2
A) 4a2 B) 4a b B) x − y + 7 =0
2
d
C) x − y + 1 =0
C) 4a 2 1 − b 
2
D) 2 b2 
 2  4a 1 + 2 
 d   d  D) x − y − 3 =0
Work Book 63
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
32. If the vertices of a hyperbola be at (-2,0) and 35. The equation of the circle with AB as its diam-
(2,0) and one of its foci be at ( -3,0), then which eter is
one of the following points does not lie on this
2 2
hyperbola A) x + y − 12x + 24 =
0

( )
2 2
A) 4, 15 B) x + y + 12x + 24 =
0
2 2
C) x + y + 24x − 12 =
0
B) ( −6, 2 10 )

C) ( 6,5 2 )
2 2
D) x + y − 24x − 12 =
0

D) ( 2 6,5 ) 36. If the line 2x + 6y =

2 touches the hyperbo-

33. If the tangents drawn to the hyperbola 2 2

la x − 2y =4, then the point of contact is
2 2
4y= x + 1 intersect the co-ordinate axes at
the distinct points A and B, then the locus of (
A) −2, 6 )
the midpoint of AB is

2 2 2 2
(
B) −5, 2 6 )
A) x − 4y + 16x y =
0
1 1 
B) x 2 − 4y 2 − 16x 2 y 2 =
0 C)  , 
2 6
2 2 2 2
C) 4x − y + 16x y =0
(
D) 4, − 6 )
2 2 2 2
D) 4x − y − 16x y =
0
37. If e 1 is the eccentricity of the ellipse
Passage
x 2 y2 is the eccentricity of the hyper-
x 2 y2 + 1, e 2
=
The circle and hyperbola − 1 intersect
= 16 25
9 4
at points A and B

bola passing through the foci of the ellipse and

34. The equation of a common tangent with
e1e 2 = 1, then equation of the hyperbola is
positive slope to the circle as well as to the
2 2
hyperbola is A) x − y =1
9 16
A) 2x − 5y =
20
2 2
B) x − y =−1
B) 2x − 5y + 4 =0 16 9

C) 3x − 4y + 8 =0 x 2 y2
C) − −1
=
16 25
D) 3x + 4y − 8 =0
D) None of these
64 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
Matrix Match x2 y2
40. For the hyperbola − 1. Which of
=
2 2 cos 2 α sin 2 α
38. Let H : x − y =1 be a hyperbola in the xy
2 2
a b the following remains constant when α varies
plane whose conjugate axis LM subtends an
A) Eccentricity
angle 600 at one of its vertices N. Let the area of
the triangle LMN be 4 3 . The correct option is B) Directrix
List I List II
C) abscissae of vertex
P : The length of
1) 8
D) abscissae of foci
conjugate axis of H is

Numerical type
Q : The eccentricity of H is 4
2)
3 41. If the line 2x-3y+c=0 passes through the focus
R : The distance between of the parabola x2 = -8y, then the value of c is
2
3)
the foci H is 3 equal to

S : The length of latus

4) 4 42. The latus rectum of the hyperbola whose foci
rectum is
are (6,4) and (-4,4) and eccentricity 2 is

A) P → 4, Q → 2, R → 1,S → 3 2
43. If the tangent at (1,7) to the curve x = y − 6
2 2
touches the circle , x + y + 16x + 12y + c =0,
B) P → 4, Q → 3, R → 1,S → 2

then the value of c is

C) P → 4, Q → 2, R → 1,S → 3
44. If the length of the latus rectum of an ellipse
D) P → 3, Q → 4, R → 2,S → 1
is 4 units and the distance between a focus
39. The tangent at an extremity (in the first quad- 3
and its nearest vertex on the major axis is
2
rant ) of latus rectum of the hyperbola
units, then its eccentricity is
x 2 y2
− 1, meets x-axis and y-axis at A and
=
4 5 45. Consider an ellipse, whose centre is at the
B respectively. Then where 0 is the origin, origin and its major axis is along the x-axis. If
equals its eccentricity is 3/5 and the distance between
20 16 its foci is 6, then the area (in sq units) of the
A) − B)
9 9
quadrilateral inscribed in the ellipse, with the
−13
C) 4 D) vertices as the vertices of the ellipse is
2

Work Book 65
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
46. If the tangent at a point on the ellipse 49. Let a and b respectively, be the semi-trans-
x 2 y2 meets the coordinates axes at A verse and semi-conjugate axes of a hyper-
+ 1
=
27 3
bola whose eccentricity satisfies the equation
and B, and O is the origin, then the minimum 9e 2 − 18e + 5 =0 . If S (5,0) is a focus and
area (in sq units) of the triangle OAB is
5x = 9 is the corresponding directrix of

47. A hyperbola has its centre at the origin, pass- this hyperbola then

es through the point (4,2) and has transverse

50. Let P(6,3) be a point on the hyperbola
axis of length 4 along the x-axis. If the eccen-
x 2 y2 If the normal at the point P
tricity of the hyperbola is K, then find K 3 2
1.
− 2 =
a b
48. If a hyperbola has length of its conjugate axis
intersects the x-axis at (9,0) and the eccentricity
equal to 5 and the distance between its foci is
is e then 2e2 is equal to
13, then the eccentricity of the hyperbola is

66 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. A 21. D 31. C 41. -6

2. C 12. B 22. C 32. C 42. 15

3. A 13. C 23. D 33. B 43. 95

4. D 14. D 24. C 34. B 44. 0.33

5. D 15. B 25. A 35. A 45. 40

6. B 16. C 26. C 36. D 46. 9

7. A 17. B 27. C 37. B 47. 2

8. B 18. D 28. D 38. B 48. 6.5

9. D 19. A 29. A 39. A 49. -7

10. C 20. A 30. A 40. D 50. 2

Work Book 67
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
COMPLEX NUMBER
10

QUESTIONS −1 3
5. If =
z +i , then 8+10z+7z2 is equal to
2 2
2
1. Let a n = i (n +1) , where i= −1 and n =
A) −1 3 B) 1 + i 3
−i
1,2,3,...... . Then the value of 2 2 2 2
a + a + a + .......a is
3 7 11 51

A) 13 B) 13 + i C) −1 + i 3 3 D) 3
i
2 2 2
C) 13- i D) 12

1+ i 3 6. If z1,z2 and z3 are complex numbers such that

2. The real part of is
2 1 1 1
z1 = z 2 = z 3 = + + = 1,
3 1 z1 z 2 z3
A) B)
2 2

C) 3 D) 1 + 3 then z1 + z 2 + z 3 is

7 3 + i5 7 11 + i8 13
3. Let z1 = and z 2 = . A) equal to 1 B) less than 1
5 7 + i7 3 8 13 − i 11

Then 1 + 1 is equal to C) greater than 3 D) equal to 3

z1 z2

7. The equation z − i = z − 1 ,i = −1, represents

A) z1 + z 2 B) z1 + z 2

C) z1 − z 2 D) z1 + z 2 A) the line through the origin with slope -1

4. If complex numbers z1,z2 and z3 are in A.P, B) a circle of radius 1

then they lie on a/an
1
C) a circle of radius
A) Straight line B) Parabola 2

C) Ellipse D) Circle D) the line through the origin with slope 1

68 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

8. If z − 6 < z − 2 , its solution is given by 12. The real value of θ for which the expression

1 + i cos θ is a real number is

A) Re (z) > 0 B) Re (z) < 0 1 − 2i cos θ

π π
C) Re (z) > 4 D) Re (z) < 4 A) 2nπ + ,n∈I B) 2nπ − ,n∈I
4 3
3z + i π
9. Locus of z is = 1.5 is C) 2nπ ± π , n ∈ I D) 2nπ ± ,n∈I
2z + 3 + 4i 2 4
2π
i
A) circle B) straight line 13. If z = e 3
then 1+z+4z2+3z3+3z4+3z5 is equal

C) ellipse D) parabola to
iπ /3 iπ /3
A) −3e B) 3e
10. If z1 and z2 are complex numbers satisfying 2π 2π
i i
z1 + z 2 and arg  z1 − z 2  C) 3e 3
D) −3e 3

=1   ≠ mπ(m ∈ I),
z1 − z 2  z1 + z 2  2−i
14. The reflection of the complex number ,
3+i
z1
then is on the straight line z (1 + i ) = z ( i − 1) is
z2
−1 − i 1+ i
A) zero A) B)
2 2
1
B) a rational number C) i ( i + 1) D)
2 1+ i
15. If z be complex number such that equation
C) a positive real number
( z − 9 ) + z − 2a =
3 a ∈ R always represents
+

D) a purely imaginary an ellipse, then range of a ∈ R is

+

11. Let a,b,x and y be real numbers such that a-b=1 (

A) 1, 2 ) (
B) 1, 3 )
and y ≠ 0. If the complex number z= z + iy
C) ( −1,3) D) ( 0,3)
 az + b  2 + 3i sin θ
satisfies Im   = y, then which of the 16. A value of θ for which z = is pure-
 z +1  1 − 2i sin θ
ly imaginary is
following is are possible value (s) of x ?
π π
A) B)
A) 1 − 1 + y
2
B) −1 + 1 − y
2
3 6

−1
 3 −1  1 
C) −1 + 1 − y
2
D) B or C C) sin   D) sin  
 4   3
Work Book 69
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

17. One of the values of ii is i= ( −1 ) 19. If z and ω are two complex numbers such that

−π /2 π /2 π
A) e B) e zω =1 and arg(z) − arg(ω) = , then
2
C) e D) e
π −π
A) zω =i B) zω = −i

18. Observe the following columns: 1− i −1 + i

C) zω = D) zω =
2 2
Column I Column II
20. Let z be a complex number such that
Locus of the point z
z + z = 3 + i (where i = −1 ).Then z is equal
satisfying the A hyperbola with
A P
equation Re(z2)= eccentricity 2
Re ( z + z ) to

Locus of the point z 5 41

A) B)
satisfying the 4 4
equation
B Q A straight line C) 34 ` D) 5
z − z1 + z − z 2 = λ, λ ∈ R + 3
3
and λ ≥ z1 − z 2
 3 + i sin θ  π 
21. If z =   is purely real and θ ∈  , π 
Locus of the point z  4 − i cos θ  2 
satisfying the
C R An ellipse then arg ( sin θ + i cos θ ) is
equation
2z − i
= m, m > 0
z +1 A) − tan −1 3 B) π − tan −1 3
4 4
A rectangular
S
hyperbola C) π − tan −1 4 D) tan −1 4
T A circle 3 3

22. Let z1 and z2 be any two non-zero complex

A) A → P, S, B → Q, R, C → Q, T
numbers such that 3 z1 = 2 z 2

B) A → Q, S, B → S, R, C → T
If= 3z1 2z 2 then
z +
2z 2 3z1
C) A → T, B → Q, C → P 1 17
A) z = B) Re (z) 0
2 2
D) A → P, S,T, B → Q, S, C → P, T
C) 5 D) Im (z) = 0
z =
2

70 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

 z −1  28. Let z and ω are two non-zero complex number

23. If z = x + iy and real part   = 1 then locus
 2z + i 
of z is such that z = ω and Arg z +Arg ω = π, then

A) Straight line with slope 2 z equals:

1
B) Straight line with slope − A) ω B) ω
2
5
C) Circle with diameter C) −ω D) − ω
2
1   a − ib  
D) Circle with diameter 29. The expression tan i log 
2   reduces
  a + ib  
to
24. L e t   π  3 + 2 i sin θ 
A = 0 ∈  − , π  : is purely imaginary 
 2  1 − 2 i sin θ
  ab 2ab
A) B)
Then the sum of the elements in A is a + b2
2
a − b2
2

ab 2ab
5π 2π C) D)
A) B) a − b2
2
a + b2
2

6 3
30. If a,b,c are integers not all equal and ω is a
C) 3π D) π
4 cube root of unity ( ω ≠ 1) , then the minimum

25. The equation z + i − z − i =k represents a 2

value of a + bω + cω is
hyperbola if
A) 0 B) 1
A) -2 < k < 2 B) k > 2
C) 3/2 D) 1/2
C) 0 < k < 2 D) none of these
31. The value of the expression
26. If z1,z2,z3 are the vertices of an equilateral tri-
2 2 2
angle with centroid z0, then z1 + z 2 + z 3 equals 2 (1 + ω) (1 + ω2 ) + 3 ( 2ω + 1) ( 2ω2 + 1) + 4 ( 3ω + 1) ( 3ω2 + 1) +

...... + ( n + 1)( nω + 1) ( nω2 + 1) is ( ω is the cube

2 2
A) z 0 B) 2z 0

2 2
C) 3z 0 D) 9z 0 root of unity)

n 2 ( n + 1)
2 2
iα iz
27. If z = e then e =  n ( n + 1)2 
A) B)   +n
4  2 
 
sin α cos α
A) e B) e
2
 n ( n + 1)2 
C)   −n D) none of these
C) e
− sin α
D) 1  2 
 

Work Book 71
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Passage Numerical type

34. The modulus of the complex number z such

Let S = S1 ∩ S2 ∩ S3 where
that z + 3 − i =1 and arg(z) = π is equal to:
  z − 1 + 3i  
{z C : z < 4} ,S2 =
S1 =∈ z ∈ C : Im   > 0
  1 − 3i   35. If α and β are different complex numbers with

min 1 − 3i − z β−α
32. i) is equal to β =1 then is equal to
z ∈s 1 − αβ

A) 2 − 3 x cos α + i sin α,=

36. If = y cos β + isin β, =
z cos γ + i sin γ and
2
x y z
+ + =1, then cos ( α −β ) + cos (β− γ ) + cos ( γ −α ) equals
y z x
B) 2 + 3 z −1
2 37. If z = 1 and ω = ( where z ≠ 1 ) , then
z +1

C) 3 − 3 Re ( ω) is
2
38. If α, β are complex cube roots of unity, then
D) 3 + 3
2 2 10 2 2 10
2 the value of α β + α β + α β equals
8
ii) Area of S is equal to  π π 
39.  1 + i sin 8 + cos 8  equals
 
10π 20π  1 − i sin π / 8 + cos π / 8 
A) B)  
3 3
16π 32π 40. If ω is a complex cube root of unity, then the
C) D)
3 3
2
33. If 1, ω, ω are the three cube roots of unity, then value of

π  is
for α, β, γ, δ ∈ R, the expression {

}
 (1 − ω) (1 − ω ) + ..... + (10 − ω) (10 − ω ) 900 
2 2

 α + βω + γω2 + δω2  equal to

 2  is equal to
 β + αω + γω + δω 
41. If z − 3 + 2i =4, ( where i= −1 ) then the
A) 1 B) ω

difference of greatest and least values of z

−1
C) −ω D) ω

is equal to

72 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. A 12. C 23. C 34. 3

2. A 13. A 24. B 35. 1

3. D 14. C 25. A 36. 1

4. A 15. D 26. C 37. 0

5. C 16. D 27. C 38. 0

6. A 17. A 28. C 39. -1

7. D 18. A-P,S,B-Q,R,C-Q,T 29. B 40. 0

8. C 19. B 30. B 41. 7.22

9. B 20. D 31. B

10. D 21. C 32. i.C

11. D 22. D ii.B

33. B

Work Book 73
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter PERMUTAION COMBINATION

11 & BINOMIAL THEOREM

QUESTIONS 4. The number of 4 letter words that can be

formed using the letters of the word ‘MEDI-
1. Given figure is to be coloured using 3 different TERRANEAN’ such that the first letter is E and
colours. The no. of ways this can be done if no
two adjacent triangles have the same colour the last letter is R
is 11
A) B) 59
( 2)
3

11
C) 56 D)
332

5. The number of permutations of the letters of

the word CONSEQUENCE in which all three
Es are together

9!
A) 9!3! B)
A) 3! B) 2 2!2!
9! 9!
C) 8 D) 24 C) D)
2!2!3! 2!3!

2. If ( n + 2 ) != 2550 × n!, then the value of n is 6. The number of seven digit integers, with sum
of the digits equal to 10 and formed by using
equal to the digits 1,2 and 3 only is

A) 48 B) 49 A) 55 B) 66

C) 50 D) 51
C) 77 D) 88

3. 6 boys and 6 girls are to be seated in a row.

7. The number of 5 digit numbers that contain 7
How many ways they can be arranged if girls
exactly once is
and boys are to be seated alternatively.

A) 12! B) (6!)2 A) ( 41) 9

3
( ) ( )
B) ( 37 ) 9
3

C) 2(6!)2 D) 6!.5! C) ( 7 ) 9( )
4
D) ( 41) 9( )
4

74 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
8. The number of ways 5 ladies and 7 gentlemen 13. 8 - digit numbers are formed using the digits
can be seated in a round table so that no two 1,1,2,2,2,3,4,4. The number of such numbers
ladies sit together in which the odd digits do not occupy odd
7 places, is
( 720 ) B) ( 360 )
2 2
A)
2
A) 60 B) 160
C) 7 ( 720 )
2
D) 720
C) 120 D) 48
9. 20 persons were invited for a party. The num-
ber of ways in which they and the host can 14. The letters of the word “QUESTION” are re-ar-
be seated at a circular table such that two ranged, the no. of arrangements in which there
particular persons be seated on either side of are exactly three letters between Q and T is
the host is
A) 5760 B) 5540
A) 20! B) 19!
C) 5750 D) 5000
C) 2(18!) D) 18!

10. The number of ways in which 29 persons be 15. If 56Pr+6: 54Pr+3 = 30800: 1, then the value of r is
seated round a table if there are 9 chairs is
A) 40 B) 41
29P9
A) B) 29P9
2 C) 101 D) 410
29P9
C) 29P9 D)
9 29 16. The letters of the word RANDOM are permut-
ed and words so obtained are arranged in an
11. In how many ways can we arrange 20 identical
alphabetical order as in a dictionary, then the
flowers to form a garland
word RANDOM appears at serial number
A) 20! B) 19!
A) 612 B) 613
C) 19!/2 D) 1
C) 614 D) 616
12. Words of length 10 are formed using the letters
A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J. Let x be the number of 17. The letters of the word COCHIN are permuted
such words where no letter is repeated and let and words so obtained are arranged in an al-
y be the number of such words where exactly phabetical order as in adictionary. The number
one letter is repeated twice and no other letter
of words that appear before the word COCHIN
is repeated. Then, y is
is
9x

A) 360 B) 96
A) 2 B) 3

C) 48 D) 309
C) 4 D) 5
Work Book 75
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

18C15 + 2 (18C16 ) + (17C16 ) + 1 =nC3 then 22. From 12 books, the difference between num-
18.
ber of ways a selection of 5 books when one
n= specified book is always excluded and one
specified book is always included is
A) 19 B) 20
A) 64 B) 118
C) 18 D) 24
C) 132 D) 330
19. Six X’shave to be placed on the squares of
the given figure least one x. n
Cr −1 28, n
Cr 56 and n
Cr +1 = 70, then
23. If = =
This can be done in
the value of r is equal to

A) 1 B) 2

C) 3 D) 4

24. There are 10 persons including 3 ladies. A

committee of 4 persons including at least one
lady is to be formed. The number of ways of
A) 24 ways B) 28 ways
forming such a committee is
C) 26 ways D) 36 ways
A) 160 B) 170

20. A gentleman invites 13 guests to a dinner and C) 180 D) 175

placed 8 of them at one table and remaining 25. The number of ways in which a committee
5 at the other, the tables being round. The of 3 women and 4 men be chosen from 8
women and 7 men if Mr. X refuses to serve
number of ways he can arrange the guests is
on the committee if Mr. Y is a member of the
11! 10! committee is
A) B)
40 40
A) 420 B) 840
12! 13!
C) D) C) 1540 D) 1400
40 40
21. If the number of 5 element subsets of the set 26. Let Tn denote the number of triangle which can
A = {a1, a2, ........, a20} of 20 distinct elements be formed by using the vertices of a regular
is k times the number of 5 element subsets polygon of n sides. If Tn +1 − Tn =
36 , then n is
containing a4, then k is equal to

A) 1 B) 2 A) 2 B) 5

C) 3 D) 4 C) 6 D) 9

76 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

1 5 32. Number of solutions to x + y + z =

10 where
27. If 8!  + 9Pr , then the value of r is equal
=
 3! 4!
1 ≤ x, y, z ≤ 6 & x, y, z ∈ N
to
A) 35 B) 36
A) 4 B) 5
C) 27 D) 66
C) 3 D) 2
33. The numbers of ordered triplets of posi-
28. Maximum number of points of intersection of
tive integers which satisfies the inequality
4 straight lines and 4 circles is
15 ≤ x + y + z ≤ 45 is
A) 6 B) 12
A) 45C 2 − 14C 2 B) 45C3 − 14C3
C) 18 D) 50
C) 46C3 − 15C3 D) 46C3 − 14C 2
29. Number of rectangles, which are not squares,
6 3
on a chess-board 34. The coefficient of x y in the expansion of
( x + 2y )
9
is
A) 1296 B) 204
A) 672 B) 516
C) 1092 D) 784
C) 576 D) 599
30. A man has 7 friends, 4 of them are ladies and 12
 3 
3 are men. His wife Y also has 7 friends, 3 35. If the coefficient of x in  2 x − 2  is 1024K,
 x 
of them are ladies and 4 are men. Assume X then K =
and Y have no common friends. Then the total
number of ways in which X and Y together can A) 592 B) 596
throw a party inviting 3 ladies and 3 men, so C) 590 D) 594
that 3 friends of each of X and Y are in this
party is 36. Total number of terms in the expansion of (x
+ 10)100 + (x - 10)100 after simplification is
A) 484 B) 485 A) 201 B) 101

C) 468 D) 469 C) 50 D) 51

31. In how many ways can 8 different books be 37. The 4th term from the end in the expansion of
7
distributed among 3 students if each receives  x 3 3  is
at least 2 books  − 2
 3 x 
A) 2940 B) 2800 A) 315x B) 21x

C) 2760 D) 960 C) 105x D) 205x

Work Book 77
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
38. If the sum of co-efficient in the expansion of
(1 + ax )
n
43. If 1 + 10x + 40x 2 + ...... then value
=
(a + b)
n
is 4096, then the greatest coefficient
in the expansion is a+n
of is
a−n
A) 1594 B) 792
A) 5/7 B) 7/3
C) 924 D) 2924
10
C) –5/7 D) –7/3
 1  10
39. The middle term in the expansion of  x −   x 3
 2y  44. In  + 2  , find the term independent of
is 3 x 
5
x 
63  x 
A)  
4 y A) 3 B) 3/5

5 C) 2/5 D) 5/3
−63  y 
B)  
8 x 45. The ratio of the coefficient of x15 to the term in-
15
5 dependent of x in the expansion of  x 2 + 2 
63  x   
C)   is:  x
8 y
5 A) 7:64 B) 1:4
−63  x 
D)  
8 y C) 1:32 D) 7:16

40. The coefficient of x49 in the product (x –1) 46. The remainder when 22016 is divided by 63, is

(x – 2) (x –3) ... (x – 50) is

A) 1 B) 8

A) –2250 B) –1275 C) 17 D) 32

C) 1275 D) 2250 47. The sum of the rational terms in the binomial
10
expansion of 
1
1
 is:
In the binomial expansion of ( a − b ) , n ≥ 5
n
41. 2 +3 
2 5

the sum of the 5th and 6th terms is zero, then  

a
equals
b A) 25 B) 32
n −5 n−4
A) B) C) 9 D) 41
6 5
5 6
C) D) 48. Coefficient of x 10 in the expansion of
n−4 n −5 5

(1 + x 2 )  x 2 + 2 + x12  is

n 10
42. The coefficient of x7 and x8 in  2 + x  are
 
 3
equal, then n =
10 15
A) C5 B) C5
A) 56 B) 55
20
C) 45 D) 5 C) 0 D) C10

78 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
49. The coefficient of x in the expansion of
7
55. There are 10 stations on a circular path. A

(1 − x − x + x3 ) train has to stop at 3 stations such that no two

2 6

stations are adjacent. The number of such

selections must be
A) 144
56. There are six period in each working day of a
B) –132
school. Number of ways in which 5 subjects

C) –144 can be arranged if each subjects is allotted at-

least one period and no period remains vacant
D) 132 is

50. The number of terms in the expansion of 57. In a jeep there are 3 seats infront and 3 in
( x + y + z)
9
is the back. Number of different ways can six
persons of different heights be seated in the
A) 50 B) 55
jeep, so that every one infornt is shorter than
C) 65 D) 30 the person directly behind is

Numerical type 58. There are 10 girls and 8 boys in a class room
including Mr. Ravi, Ms. Rani and Ms. Radha. A
51. A five digit number divisible by 3 is to be formed list of speakers consisting of 8 girls and 6 boys
using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 without repeti- has to be prepared. Mr. Ravi refuses to speak
tion. Total number of such nos is if Ms. Rani is a speaker. Ms. Rani refuse to
speak, if Ms. Radha is a speaker. The number
52. How many four digit numbers abcd exist such
of ways the list can be prepared is
that a is odd, b is divisible by 3, c is even and
d is prime? 59. The number of ways in which six persons can
be seated at a round table, so that all shall not
53. The number of permutations of the letters of
have the same neighbours in any two arrange-
the word BANANA in which the two Ns do not
ments is
appear adjacently is
60. The total number of 4 letter words formed using
54. If ( 2n + 1) Pn −1 : ( 2n − 1) Pn =
3 : 5 then n is equal
four letters from the word ‘PARALLELOPIPED’
to

Work Book 79
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. D 13. C 25. D 37. C 49. C

2. B 14. A 26. D 38. C 50. B

3. C 15. B 27. B 39. D 51. 216

4. B 16. C 28. D 40. C 52. 400

5. B 17. B 29. C 41. B 53. 40

6. C 18. B 30. B 42. B 54. 4

7. A 19. C 31. A 43. D 55. 50

8. A 20. D 32. C 44. D 56. 1800

9. C 21. D 33. B 45. C 57. 90

10. B 22. C 34. A 46. A 58. 308

11. D 23. C 35. D 47. D 59. 60

12. D 24. D 36. D 48. D 60. 2780

80 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES
12

QUESTIONS 1 − sin 2x
5. The value of limπ
sin 2x x→ π − 4x
1. The value of lim = 4
x → 0 sin 3x

A) 3/2 B) –2/2 A) 0 B) 1

C) 2/3 D) –2/3 C) –1 D) 1/2

E) 0 E) Does not exist

(1 + x ) − 1
n
1 − cos 2 ( x − 1)
2. The value of lim 6. lim
x → 0 (1 + x ) − 1 x →1 x −1

A) exists and it equals − 2

A) 0 B) n
B) exists and its equals 2
C) –n D) n/2
C) exists and it equals 0
E) –n/2

sin x n D) does not exist because left hand limit is not

3. m, n ∈ N and Lt =
( sin x )
m
x →0 equal to right hand limit
1

lim
( 7 + x )3 − 2
7. The value of
A) 1 if m = n B) 0 if n = m x →1 x −1

A) 1/2 B) 1/12
C) ∞ if m < n D) none

sin x C) –1/2 D) –1/12

4. Lt − =
x →0 x
3x 2 + 2
A) 0 B) 1 8. The value of lim =
x →∞ x−2
1 3
C) − D) Can not found A) B) − 3
2
E) –1 C) 3 D) –3

Work Book 81
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

( nx )
n
 1 1 1 1 
9. The value of lim = 15. Lt  + + + .... + =
x →∞ x n →∞ 1.2
 2.3 3.4 n ( n + 1) 

A) 0 B) 1
A) 0 B) 1

C) –1 D) 1/2
C) 4 D) none
x ( 5x − 1)
10. Lt =
x →0 1 − cos x
16. 3.2n +1 − 4.5n +1
Lt =
A) 5 log 2 B) 2 log 5 n →∞ 5.2 n + 7.5n

1 −20 −4
C) 12 log 5 D) log 5 A) B)
2 7 7
x 2 sin βx
11. Lt = 1 . Then α + β = C) 3 D) −3
x → 0 αx − sin x
5 5
3
A) 1 B) 4
7 E)
7
6
C) D) 7
7 6 17. Lt (1 − x 2 ) log 2 (x 2 ) , equals
x →1
4x 2 + 2
 2x 2 − 1 
12. Value of lim  2  A) log 2 B) log 3
x →∞ 2x + 3
 

A) e2 B) –e2 C) –log 2 D) –log 3

1
C) e8 D) e–8 18.  sin x  x −a where a ≠ nπ, , n is an integer
Lt  
1 x → a sin a
 
 3x 2 + 2  x 2
13. Lt   =
x → 0 7x 2 + 2 A) e
cot a
B) e
tan a
 

1 sin a cos a
A) B) e2 C) e D) e
e

C)e D) 1 19. Lt ( log 3 3x ) log x (3) =

e2 x →1

m (1 + 22 + 32 + .... + m 2 ) A) e–2 B) e2
14. Lt =
m →∞ 1 + 23 + 33 + .... + m3
A) 2/3 B) 4/3 C) e D) 0

C) 0 D) 1
E) 1
82 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

 b  1 2 
20. Lt a x sin  x  = where a>1 25. Lt  − 2x =
x →∞
a  x →0 x
 e −1 

A) b log a B) a log b A) 0 B) –1

C) b D) a C) 1 D) 2

 x2 + x +1 
E) none 26. Lt  − ( ax + b )  =
4 . The a+b =
x →∞
 x +1 
21. lim n log n − log ( n + 2 ) 
n →∞
A) –4 B) –1
A) 2 B) 1/2
C)–3 D) 3
C) –2 D) 1
 sin [ x ]
27.  when [ x ] ≠ 0
f ( x )  [x]
E) 1/4
 0 when x = 0
 [ ]
x cot 4x
22. Lt = Lt f ( x ) =
x →0 sin 2 x cot 2 2x Then
x → 0+

A) 1 B) 0 A) 0 B) sin 1

C)–1 D) 1 C) 2 D) Does not exist

2
1
ex  1 2 ( 2x − 3) 
28. Lt  − 3  is equal to
(1 + x ) x − e + 12L x →2 x − 2 x − 3x 2
+ 2x
23. Lt 2 = L . Then  
x →0 tan 2 x 11e

A) 1 B) –1
1
A) 1 B) −
2 2 1
C) 1/2 D) −
2
−1
C) 1 D) E) ∞
3 3
x

log ( x − 2 ) 29. ∫ t sin (10t ) dt

24. Lt Lt 0
=
x →2 log ( e x − e 2 ) = x →0 x

A) 0 B) 1
A) 0 B) 1
C)–1 D) 1
C)2 D) –1 2

Work Book 83
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

 2
x dy
30. The value of lim  1 +  =
= 35. If x 3 + y3 =
3xy, , then = =
x →∞
 x dx
x
A) 0 B) e A) y B)
x y
C) 1/e D) e2
y − x2 y + x2
C) D)
E) 1/e2 y2 − x y − x2
1
e − (1 + x ) x 36. The derivative of f(x) = log 7 (x) is
31. The value of lim =
x →0 tan x 1
A) log 7 B)
x log 7
A)  B) –e
1 7
e  C) D)
C) D) − x log 7 x
2 2
1
E) none E) log  
x 7
 x 2 − 2x + 1 
32. lim  2  is equal to
x →∞
 x −4+2  x+y dy
37. sec   = a, Then dx =
x−y
A) 1 B) 2
y x
A) B)
C) e 2
D) e x y
x C) y D) x
33. The derivative of f ( x ) =
1+ x2
1− x2 1− x2 x
A) B) E)
a
(1 + x 2 ) (1 + x ) 2 2

38. For x < 1

2 2
1+ x 1− x
C) D) 2
Let y =1 + x + x + ....∞
(1 + x )
2 2 1+ x2

dy
Then −y=
34. Derivative of y =
1 + 3x ( 2
)( 2x 3
− 1) dx
x2
A) x B)
(
A) 6x 5x + x − 1
2
) y y2

3
(
B) 6x 5x + x − 1 ) C)
x
D) xy2
y2
3
(
C) 6x 5x + x − 1 )
x −1
E)
(
D) 6x 5x − 1
3
) y

84 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

 x 2 + 2, x ≥ 2 Numerical type
2x, x > 1
39. If f (x) =  a n d g ( x ) = 
 1 − x, x < 2  − x, x ≤ 1
3 x + x 2 + x 3 + ..... + x n − n
41. Lt = 820, n ∈ N then
x →1 x −1
(
evaluate lim f g ( x )
x →1
)
the value of n is
1
A) 2
Lt
(1 − x ) x − e−1
42. is a non zero real no
x → 0+ xn
B) 4 Then the real value of ‘n’ is
1

C) 6 43. Lt ( 7 x + 9 x ) x =
x →0

D) 8 44. lim tan  tan −1 x + cot −1 ( x + 1)  =

x →2

x−2
45. The value of lim =
E) none 2x − 3x →∞

x 2 − 4x + 5
x3 46. The value of lim 2 =
sin x − x + x →∞ 3x − x 3 + 2
40. Lt 6 equals n n
x →0 x5 47. Find n ∈ N, , If lim x − 2 = 80
x →2 x−2

 100 k 
A)
1
B)
1
48.  ∑ x  − 100 is equal to
4! 3! lim  k =1 
x →1 x −1
1 1
C) D) 5n +1 + 3n − 22n
6! 5! 49. lim , n ∈ N is equal to
n →∞ 5n + 2 n + 32n + 3

dy
50. x+ y = 2y . Then = where y < 0
dx

Work Book 85
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. D 21. C 31. C 41. 40

2. B 12. D 22. A 32. C 42. 1

3. A 13. D 23. A 33. B 43. 9

4. D 14. B 24. B 34. B 44. 7

5. E 15. B 25. C 35. C 45. 0.5

6. D 16. A 26. C 36. C 46. 0

7. B 17. C 27. D 37. A 47. 5

8. A 18. A 28. D 38. D 48. 5050

9. A 19. C 29. A 39. C 49. 5

10. B 20. C 30. D 40. D 50. 0.333

86 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
PROBABILITY
13

QUESTIONS 5. The probability that a leap year should have

53 Tuesdays is
1. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. The
A) 1/7 B) 3/7
probability that face 4 comes at least once
11 1 C) 2/7 D) 5/7
A) B)
36 3
6. If the probability that A and B will die within a
10 2
C) D) year are p and q respectively then the prob-
36 3
ability that only one of them will be alive the
2. A card is drawn from a pack of cards and a
end on the year is
gambler bets that is a spade or ace. What are
the odds against his winning the bet A) p+q B) p+q–2pq

A) 4:9 B) 9:4 C) p+q–pq D) p+q+pq

C) 4:13 D) 13:4 7. Probability that a plant will live is 3 and the

4
1
3. A coin and six faced die, both unbiased are probability that another plant will live is .
3
thrown simultaneously. The probability of
getting a head on the coin and an odd number The probability that only one of them will live
on the die is is

A) 1/2 B) 3/4 A) 7/12 B) 1/4

C) 1/4 D) 2/3 C) 1/6 D) 1/5

4. If two dice all thrown simultaneously then the 8. If A and B are independent
2 2
probability that the sum of the numbers which
come upon the dice to be more than 5.
P A
= ( ) 3
( )
,P B
=
7
, P ( A ∩ B ) is

4 5
A) 5/36 B) 1/6 A) B)
21 21
2 1
C) 5/18 D) 13/18 C) D)
7 21
Work Book 87
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
9. P ( A ∪ B )= P ( A ∩ B ) then 14. A and B together with 10 other persons are
seated at random at a round table. The prob-
A) P ( A ) = P ( B ) ability of getting an arrangement in which A
and B together
B) P ( A ) > P ( B ) 11
A) 1 B)
6 12
C) P ( A ) < P ( B )
6 2
C) D)
D) None of these 11 11

10. Five dice are thrown. The probability that the 15. From 20 consecutive natural numbers two

five numbers shown are different numbers are chosen at random. The proba-

5 5 bility that their sum is even

A) B)
18 54
A) 1/2 B) 10/19
5 5
C) D)
27 81
C) 9/19 D) 5/38
11. 1 2 1 find
P (=
A) , P (=
B) , P ( A ∪=
B)
4 5 2
16. A bag contain 20 tickets numbered from 1

P ( A c ∪ Bc ) = to 20 two tickets are drawn at random. The

17 3 probability that both numbers are prime

A) B)
20 20 17 12
A) B)
1 3 95 95
C) D)
10 10 14 11
C) D)
12. Three numbers are selected from first 100 95 95
natural numbers. The probability that all the 17. Three bulbs are selected random from 20 bulbs
three numbers are divisible by 2 and 3
of which 5 are defective then the probability
4
A) 4 B) that exactly one is defective
25 35
91 35
4 4 A) B)
C) D) 228 76
55 1155
13. For two posts, there are 13 applicants 5 women
132 35
C) D)
and 8 men. If the two persons are selected at 228 228
random. The probability that at least one of 18. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is
them is a women
the probability of obtaining a total score 7.
14
A) 25 B) 1 1
39 39 A) B)
3 6
5 10 1 1
C) D)
13 3 C) D)
9 12
88 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
19. Two fair dice are thrown. The probability that 4
24. P (A) = then the odds against A are
both show an even number 7
1 1
A) B) 3 3
4 6 A) B)
7 4
1 5
C) D) 4 7
5 36 C) D)
7 10
20. A team of four musicians is to be chosen at
25. There are 2 statisticians 4 engineers, 3
random out of 3 boys, 2 girls and 4 children.
economists and one doctor. A committee of 4
The chance that exactly 2 of them will be chil-
from them to be formed. The probability that
dren.
the committee has atleast one economist
4 10
A) B) 1 4
9 21 A) B)
6 35
3 20
C) D) 5 5
43 21 C) D)
6 7
21. Dialing a telephone number an old man for-
26. If A and B are mutually exclusive events and
gets the last three digits remembering only 1 13
P (=
B) , P (A ∪=
B) , P (A
= )
that these are different dialed at random. The 3 21
probability that the number dialed correctly is
A) 1/7 B) 2/7
A) 1/90 B) 1/45
C) 4/7 D) 3/7
C) 1/720 D) 1/100
27. A complete cycle of traffic light is 60sec. During
22. If two balls are drawn from a bag containing each cycle the light is green for 25 sec. Yellow
3 white 4 black and 5 red balls. Then the for 5sec, and red for 30 sec. At a randomly
probability that the drawn balls are of different chosen time the probability that the light will
colour not be green is

A) 1/12 B) 5/12
A) 1/66 B) 3/66
C) 7/12 D) 2/3
C) 19/66 D) 47/66
28. Out of 40 consecutive natural numbers two are
23. P(A) = 0.3 P(B) = 0.6then probability of getting
chosen at random. The prob. that the sum is
neither A nor B is when A and B are indepen-
odd.
dent
A) 1/2 B) 1/3
A) 0.28 B) 0.13
20
C) D) 1/4
C) 6.08 D) 0.5 39

Work Book 89
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

P ( A ) 0.65
29. = = P(B) 0.8 then P ( A ∩ B ) lies 34. If two numbers p and q are chosen randomly
from the set {1, 2,3, 4} with replacement then
in
2
A) [0.3, 0.8] B) [0.45,0.65] the probability that p ≥ 4q p is

1 3
C) [0.4,0.7] D) [0.35,0.75] A) B)
4 16
30. What is the probability that the roots of the 1 7
n 1 C) D)
equation x + nx + + =
2
0 where 2 16
2 2
35. The probability that a person will get an electric
n ∈ N, n ≤ 5 are real and equal contract is 2/5 and the probability that be will
not get plumping contract is 4/7. If the proba-
A) 1/5 B) 1/4
bility of at least one contract is 2/3 what is the
C) 0 D) 3/5 probability that be will get both

31. Two unbiased dice are thrown. Let X be the 17 19

A) B)
sum of faces then P  x − 7 ≥ 3 105 105

13 11
A) 1/2 B) 1/5 C) D)
105 105
C) 1/7 D) 1/3 36. 1 + P ( A ∩ B) − P ( B) − P ( A ) =

32. The probability that atleast one of the events

A and B occurs is 0.6. If probability A and B
(
A) P A ∪ B )
o c c u r s i m u l t a n e o u s l y. i s 0 . 2 , t h e n (
B) P A ∩ B )
( ) ( )
P A +P B =
(
C) P A ∩ B )
A) 0.4 B) 0.8

C) 1.2 D) 1.4
(
D) P A ∩ B )
37. A bag contains 3 Red 4 white and 5 blue balls.
33. Out of 15 persons 10 can speak Hindi and 8
can speak English. If two persons are chosen If two balls are drawn at random then the prob-
at random then the probability of one person ability that they are of different colours is
speaks Hindi only and the other speak both
47 23
Hindi and English is A) B)
66 33
A) 3/5 B) 7/12
47 47
C) D)
C) 1/5 D) 2/5 132 33

90 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
38. Two different numbers are taken from Numerical type
{0,1, 2,,,,,,10} then the probability that their 4
42. P (A) = : Then odds against A
sum as well as absolute difference all multiple 5
of 4 is 43. Two dice are thrown, the probability that both
12 6 show an even no.
A) B)
55 55
14 7 44. Two dice are thrown. What is the probability
C) D) that the sum of numbers appearing on the two
45 55
dice is 11 if 5 appears on the first
39. What is the probability of that no two boys are sitting
together for a photograph if there are 5 girls and 45. If all the letters of the word ATTRACTION are
2 boys written down at random, then the probability
1 5 that all T’s occur together
A) B)
21 7
2 4 46. From a set of 100 cards numbered from 1 to
C) D) 100 one card is drawn at random. The proba-
7 7
bility that the number obtained is divisible by
40. A number x selected from first 100 natural
6 or 8 but not by 24
numbers. Find the probability that x satisfies
the condition x + 100 > 50 47. From a group of 10 men and 5 women, four
x
member committee are to be formed each of
10 11 which contain at least one women. Then the
A) B)
13 100 probability of these committee to have more
11 55 woman than men
C) D)
50 101
48. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the
41. There are 3 events A B and C one of which
probability of getting at most two heads.
must and only one can happen the odds are
8 to 3 against A and 2 to 5 for B then odds 49. What is the probability of 53 Thursdays in a
against C is non leap year
34 34
A) B) 50. A single letter is selected from the word PROB-
77 43
77 43 ABILITY. The probability that it is a vowel
C) D)
34 34

Work Book 91
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. A 21. C 31. D 41. D

2. B 12. D 22. D 32. C 42. 0.25

3. C 13. A 23. A 33. C 43. 0.25

4. D 14. D 24. B 34. D 44. 0.167

5. C 15. C 25. C 35. A 45. 0.011

6. B 16. C 26. D 36. D 46. 0.20

7. A 17. B 27. C 37. A 47. 0.091

8. B 18. B 28. C 38. B 48. 0.875

9. A 19. A 29. B 39. B 49. 0.143

10. B 20. B 30. C 40. C 50. 0.363

92 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
STATISTICS
14

QUESTIONS 5. The mean of x1, x2 ---- xn is. Then the mean

of xi + 2i where 1 < i < n:

1. The average mark of section A is 65 and
that of section B is 70. The average of both A) x + n
the sections combined is 67. The ratio of the
number of students of section A to section B is B) x + n + 1

A) 1:3 B) 2:3
C) x + 2
C) 3:1 D) 3:2

2. The AM of 9 terms is 15. If one more term is D) x + n

added to this series, then the AM becomes 16.
The value of the added term is 6. The mean marks of 120 students is 20. It was

later discovered that two marks were wrongly

A) 30 B) 27
taken as 50 and 80 instead of 15 and 18. The
C) 25 D) 23
correct mean of marks is
3. The arithmetic mean of nC0 , nC1 , nC 2 ......nC n
is A) 19.19 B) 19.17
n
2 n
2
A) B)
n +1 n C) 19.21 D) 19.14

2n −1 2n −1 7. If mean of n terms is x , if each term is suc-

C) D)
n +1 n
cessively increased by 4,42.... 4n, then the new
4. The Mean of ‘n’ items is ' x ' . If the first term is
mean is
increased by 1, second term by 2 and so on,
then the new mean is: A) x +
4n +1
B) x + 4
(4 n
− 1)

n n 3n
A) x + n B) x +
2
n +1 4n 4 ( 4n − 1)
C) x + D) x + ( n + 1) C) x + D) x +
2 n 4n

Work Book 93
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
8. The A.M. of the first n - terms of the A.P, a + 13. Let x and M.D. be the mean and the mean
d, a + 3d, a + 5d..... is
deviation about x of n observations xi, i
n
A) a + d = 1,2....,n. If each of the observations is
2
increased by 5, then the new mean and the
B) a + nd
mean deviation about the new mean respec-
C) a + n2d tively, are

D) a + 2nd
A) x + 5, M.D. + 5    
9. The G.M of 3, 32, 33, ........., 3n is
n
B) x, M.D. + 5    
A) 3 2

C) x, M.D
n
B) 3
D) x + 5, M.D
n +1
C) 3
n +1
14. A batsman scores runs in 10 innings 36, 25,
D) 3 2

51, 79, 85, 102, 18, 100, 98 and 8, then the

1 1 1 1 1
10. The HM of , , , ,......... is mean deviation about median is:
2 3 4 5 17

A) 30
A) 2/17 B) 2/19
B) 32.6
C) 19/2 D) 17/2
C) 30.6
11. Which of the following is an empirical relation
between mean, median and mode: D) 42.6

A) mean - median = 3 (mean - mode) 15. The standard deviation of the numbers 31, 32,

B) mean - mode = 3 (mean - median) 33, -----,46, 47 is

17
C) mean - mode = 3 (median - mode) A)
12
D) median - mode = 3 (mean - median)

47 2 − 1
12. The mean deviation of the data 2,9,9,3,6,9,4 B)
12
from the mean is

A) 2.23 B) 3.23 C) 2 6

C) 2.57 D) 3.57 D) 4 3

94 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
16. The mean of five observations is 4 and their 21. The A.M. of daily wages of two factories A and
varience is 5.2. If three of these observations B having 60 and 40 workers are Rs. 20/- and
are 2,4 and 6 then the other two observations Rs. 40/- respectively. The respective variances
of wages are 4 and 16. The factory which is
are
consistent in the distribution of wages is:
A) 1 B) 2
A) B
C) 5 D) 6
B) A  
17. The S.D. of X1, X2 - - - - - Xn is s. Then the S.D.
C) equally consistent
of -X1, -X2, -X3 - - - - - -Xn is:

   D) consistency can not be determined  

A) -s B) s
99
C) does not exist D) s2 22. If the variance of 1,2,3,4,5 ..... 10 is , then
12

18. The A.M. and S.D. of marks of 100 students

the standard deviation of 3,6,9,12 ...., 30 is
are found to be 21 and 9. If a moderation of
297 3
25 marks is given to each student the mean A) B) 33
4 2
and S.D. after moderation is:
3 99
C) 99 D)
A) 46, 9 B) 46, 34 2 12

C) 21, 9 D) 46, 16
23. If n = 10, x = 12 and ∑x 2
= 1530 , then co-

19. The S.D of 1,4,5,7,8 is σ . Then the S.D. of efficient of variation is

804, 816, 820, 828, 832 is

A) σ =3 B) CV = 20

A) 4σ B) 800 + 4s
C) CV = 25 D) σ =5
C) s D) 800s + 4
24. A sample of 90 values has mean 55 and
20. The standard deviation of the observations
standard deviation 3. A second sample of 110
–5, –4, –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 is 10 . The
values has mean 60 and standard deviation 2.
standard deviation of observations 15, 16, 17,
The combined variance is equal to (upto two
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 will be
decimal)

A) 10 + 20 B) 10 + 10
A) 12.43 B) 11.24

C) 10 D) 10 − 1 C) 10.43 D) 13.25

Work Book 95
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
40 30. Consider the first 10 positive integers. If we
25. If the combined mean of two groups is
3 multiply each number by –1 and then add 1
to each number, the variance of the numbers
and if the mean of one group with 10 obser-
so obtained is
vations is 15, then the mean of the other group
with 8 observations is equal to A) 8.25 B) 6.5

46 35
A) B) C) 3.87 D) 2.87
3 4
45 41
C) D) 31. In a series of 2n observations; half of them
4 4
equal a and remaining half equal –a. If SD is
26. The arithmetic mean fo the squares of the first
2, then 9 =
n natural numbers is
1
A) (n+1)/6 B) (n+1)(2n+1)/6 A) B) 2
n

C) (n2–1)/6 D) 2
C) 2 D)
n
27. The variance of first 20 natural numbers is 32. The SD of the numbers 2,3,a and 11 is 3.5,
399 379 then which of the following is true
A) B)
2 12
A) 3a2-32a+84=0
133 133
C) D)
2 4
B) 3a2-34a+91=0
28. The weighted mean of the first n natural num-
bers whose weights are equal to the squares C) 3a2-23a+44=0

of the corresponding numbers is D) 3a2-26a+55=0

n +1 3n ( n + 1) 33. All the students of a class performed poorly

A) B)
2 2 ( 2n + 1)
in Physics. The teacher decided to give grace
marks of 10 to each of the students. Which
( n + 1)( 2n + 1) n ( n + 1)
C) D) of the following statistical measures will not
6 2
change even after the grace marks were given
29. The mean of 100 observations is 50 and their
SD is 5. The sum of squares of all the obser- A) Mean

vations is B) Median

A) 50,000 B) 250000 C) Mode

C) 252500 D) 255000 D) Variance

96 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
38. In an experiment with 15 observations on x,
34. If µ is the mean of the distribution ( yi , f i )
the following results were available,

then ∑f (y i i − µ) = ∑ x 2 2830,
= = ∑ x 170. One observation 20
A) MD B) SD was found to be wrong and it was replaced by
the correct value 30. Then the corrected vari-
C) 0 D) 1
ance is
35. A student obtain 75%, 80% and 85% in 3 sub-
A) 80.33 B) 78.00
jects. If the marks of another subject is added,
then his average cannot be less than
C) 188.66 D) 177.33

A) 60%
39. The mean and standard deviation of 10 obser-

B) 65% vations are 20 and 2 respectively. Each of

these 10 observations is multiplied by p and
C) 80% then reduced by q where p ≠ o & q ≠ o. If the

D) 90%
new mean and new standard deviation be-
36. The variance of the set of observations 170, come half of their original values then q is
170, 171, 172, 173, 173, 173, 174, 174, 180: equal to

A) 2.72 A) –20 B) 10

B) 7.4
C) –10 D) –5

C) 7.4
40. The standard deviation of n observations x1,
n n
D) 2.81 x2, ......., xn=
=i 1 =i 1
∑
is 2. If x i 20
= and∑x i2 100,

37. A data consists of n observations and , then n is

n n

∑(x 9n and ∑ ( x i − 1) =
+ 1) =
2 2
If i 5n, then
i =1 i =1
A) 10 or 20

the standard deviation of this data is B) 5 or 10

A) 5 B) 5
C) 5 or 20

C) 7 D) 2 D) 5 or 15

Work Book 97
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
Numerical type 45. In a batch of 20 students, 8 students failed in
a test. The marks of 12 students who passed
41. If the frequencies of first four numbers out of
were 8,5, 6, 9, 8, 7, 7, 9, 6, 5, 8, 9. Then the
1, 2, 4, 6, 8 are 2, 3, 3, 2 respectively, then the median of all the 20 students is
frequency of 8, if their AM is 5 is
46. The standard deviation of 9, 16, 23, 30, 37,
42. The average salary of male employees in a firm 44, 51 is
was Rs. 5200 and that of females was 4200.
47. If the variables with values 10, 20, 30, 40 have
The mean salary of all the employees was Rs.
frequencies x,x+2,x-2,x+4 and the mean is 27
5000. The percentage of male employees is
then the value of x is

43. If the mean of the numbers 27 + x, 31 + x, 89 48. If the s.d. of a set of observations is 4 and if
+ x, 107 + x, 156 + x is 82. Then the mean of each observation is divided by 4, the s.d. of
130+x,126+x,68+x,50+x,1+xis : the new set of observations will be

44. Mode of the distribution 49. If the coefficiet of variation is 45% and the
mean is 12, then its standard deviation is
Variable 4 8 9 10 11 12 13
frequency 3 4 5 8 4 3 2
50. If the mean of the numbers a, b 8, 5, 10 is 6
and their variance is 6.8 then ab is equal to

98 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. D 11. B 21. C 31. C 41. 6

2. C 12. C 22. B 32. A 42. 80

3. A 13. D 23. C 33. D 43. 75

4. C 14. B 24. A 34. C 44. 10

5. B 15. C 25. C 35. A 45. 5.5

6. A 16. A 26. B 36. C 46. 14

7. B 17. B 27. D 37. B 47. 4

8. B 18. A 28. B 38. B 48. 1

9. D 19. A 29. C 39. A 49. 5.4

10. B 20. C 30. A 40. C 50. 12

Work Book 99
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
THREE DIMENSIONAL
15 GEOMETRY (CLASS XI)

QUESTIONS 6. Which of the following points lies on x axis

A) (0,1,2) B) (0,3,5)
1. In which octant does the point (2,-3,-8) lies.

C) (4,0,0) D) (1,4,0)
A) 1st B) 4th

7. P(1,1,1) and Q ( λ, λ, λ ) are two points in the

C) 8th D) 2nd

2. Coordinates of the point which divides the line space such that PQ = 27, the value of λ is
joining the point (1,–2,3) and (3,4,–5) exter-
A) -4 B) 2
nally in the ratio 2 : 3
C) 4 D) 3
 9 2 −1 
A)  , ,  B) ( −3, −14,19 )
5 5 5  8. The point equidistant from the point (a,0,0)
C) ( 9, 2, −1) D) None (0,b,0) (0,0,c) and (0,0,0)

3. The ratio in which ZOX plane divides the line A)  a , b , c  B) (a,b,c)

 
 3 c 3
joining (–2,4,7) and (3,–5,8)

a b c
A) 4 : 3 B) 3:2 C)  , ,  D) None of these
2 2 2
C) 4:1 D) 4:5
9. The ratio in which line joining the points (2,4,5)
4. Distance of the point (2,3,4) from Z axis and (3,5,–4) is divided by YZ plane

A) 3 B) 41 A) 2:3 B) 4:3

C) –2:3 D) –4:3
C) 34 D) 50
10. The ratio in which the xy plane divides the line
5. Equation of Y axis joining the points (–1,2,3) and (1,2,–1) is

A) x = 0 B) z = 0 A) 3:1 B) –3:1

C) y = 0, z = 0 D) x = 0, z = 0 C) 1:3 D) 2:3
100 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
11. If three consecutive vertices of a parallelogram 17. The centroid of ∆ the mid points of whose
are (3,4,–1) (7,10,–3)(8,1,0) then 4 vertex. th
sides are (1,2,–3) (3,0,1) (–1,1,–4)

A) (4,5,2) B) (4,–5,2)
A) (1,1,–2) B) (1,1,2)

C) (4,5,–2) D) (4,–5,–2)
C) (–1,1,2) D) (1,1,–1)

12. A ( 3, 4, 2 ) B ( 5, 0, 0 ) C ( −1, 2, 2 ) are vertices of

18. The coordinates of the point of intersection of
the line joining (–2,4,7) and (3,–5,8) and the
∆ABC, then Length of median AD is
YZ plane is
A) 11 B) 11
A)  0, 2 , 37  B)  0, −2 , 37 
C) 12 D) 3    
 5 5   5
5 
 2 −37 
13. The ratio in which the YOZ plane divides the C)  0, −2 , −37  D)  0, , 
   5 5 
line joining the points ( −2, 4, −3) and (3,–2,4)  5 5 

A) 2:3 B) 3:2 19. If the line joining (5,1,a) and (3,b,1) crosses
the YZ plane at  0, 17 , −13  then (a,b) =
C) 1:3 D) 4:5  
 2 2 
14. The centroid of the triangle whose vertices are
(1,–1,0) (2,3,4) and (0,1,2) A) (2,8) B) (4,6)

A) (0,1,2) B) (1,1,2) C) (6,4) D) (8,2)

C) (1,1,3) D) (1,–1,2) 20. If A(3,2,-4) B (5,4,–6) and (9,8,–10) are

collinear, then the ratio in which B divides
15. The point (–2,3,–4) lies in
AC

A) X’OYZ’ B) XOYZ’
A) 1:2 B) 2:3

C) X’OY’Z’ D) X’OYZ
C) 3:4 D) 4:1
16. If the origin is the centroid of the ∆PQR with
21. If A(3,4,5) B(-2,-1,0) and C is a point such that
vertices P(2a,2,6)Q(–4,3b,–10) R(8,14,2C)
3
then which of the following is not true AC = AB then C divides AB in the ratio
5
−16
A) a = 2 B) b =
3 A) 3 : 4 B) 4 : 3

C) c=2 D) None
C) 2 :3 D) 3 : 2

Work Book 101

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
2 2 28. The line joining the points (0,5,4) and (1,3,6)
22. The graph of the equation x + z =0 in 3D
is meets XY plane at

A) Y axis B) XY plane A) (2,9,0) B) (2,–9,0)

C) XZ plane D) X axis
C) (2,9,0) D) (–2,9,0)
23. Which of the following points lie in 4th octant
29. Which of the following points lie on XY plane
A) ( −3, 4, 6 ) B) (3,–4,–6)
A) (3,4,–5) B) (0,1,–6)
C) (3,–4,6) D) (–3,–4,6)
C) (4,3,0) D) (–2,0,6)
24. The point (–2,1,3) lies on

A) 1et octant B) 2nd octant 30. Distance from X axis to (a,b,c)

C) 3rd octant D) 4th octant A) a 2 + b2 B) b2 + c2

25. The coordinates of the point which divides the

C) a 2 + c2 D) a 2 + b2 + c2
line segment joining the points (2,3,4) and
(3,–4,7) in the ratio 5:3 internally Numerical type

A) ( 21, −11, 47 ) B)  −21 , 11 , 47  31. Distance between (2,2,3) and (–1,4,–3)

 
 8 8 8 
C)  21 , −11 , 47  D)  21 , 11 , 47  32. If A ( 2, −1, 4 ) B ( 3, 2, −6 ) C(–5, 0, 2) are the
   
 8 8 8   8 8 8 
vertices of a triangle ABC then Length of Me-
26. If the origin is shifted to (1,2,–3) with out dian through A
changing the direction of axis. Then the new
33. Length of the diagonal of cuboid having sides
position of the point (0,4,5)
2,3 and 4 units
A) (1,6,2) B) (1,–2,–8) 34. Distance between (1,0,1) and (–2,1,3)

C) (–1,2,8) D) None 35. P is the point on the line segment joining the
points . (3,5,–1) and (6,3,–2) If Y co-ordinate
27. If D (1, −2,3) E ( 3, 0,1) F ( 2, 2, 2 ) divides the
of point P is 2 then X coordinate is

sides of ∆ABC in the ratio 2 : 3 in order then 36. Distance from XZ plane to the point (–2,–3,4)

centroid of ∆ABC is 37. Distance from (3,4,5) to XZ plane

A) (–2,0,–2) B) (2,0,2) 38. Distance between (a,0,1) and (0,1,2) is

27, a =
C) (0,0,0) D) (1,0,1)

102 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. B 21. D 31. 7

2. B 12. B 22. A 32. 7

3. D 13. A 23. C 33. 5.385

4. A 14. B 24. B 34. 3.741

5. D 15. A 25. C 35. 7.5

6. C 16. A 26. C 36. 3

7. C 17. A 27. B 37. 4

8. C 18. A 28. D 38. 5

9. C 19. C 29. C

10. A 20. A 30. B

Work Book 103

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
RELATION AND FUNCTIONS
16

QUESTIONS 4. Let W denotes the words in the English dictio-

nary. Define the relation by
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

1. Let A = {3, 6,9,12} and define

R
= {( x, y ) ∈ W × W / the words x and y

R = {( 3, 6 )( 6,3)( 6,9 )( 9, 6 )} then R is have atleast one letter in common} . Then R

is
A) Anti symmetric A) reflexive, not symmetric and transitive
B) Reflexive
B) not reflexive, symmetric and transitive
C) Symmetric
C) reflexive, symmetric and not transitive
D) Transitive
D) reflexive, symmetric and transitive
2. Given relation R = {(1,1) , ( 2,3)} on the set
5. For real numbers x and y, we write
xRy ⇔ x − y + 2 is an irrational number. Then
A = {1, 2,3} . The minimum number of ordered

pairs to add in R so that R is an equivalence is the relation R is

A) 7 B) 5 A) reflexive B) symmetric

C) 3 D) 2 C) transitive D) an equivalence

3. On the set of all subsets of the real numbers, 6. Let R = {(3,3), (6,6), (9,9), (12,12), (6,12),
define a relation by ARB if A is subset of B. Then (3,9), (3,12), (3,6)} be relation on the set A
R is: = {3,6,9,12). The relation R is

A) an equivalence relation A) reflexive and transitive only

B) not reflexive B) reflexive only

C) not symmetric C) an equivalence relation

D) not transitive D) reflexive and symmetric only

E) reflexive & symmetric E) symmetric

104 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
7. Let X be a family of sets and R be a relation on 11. N is the set of all natural numbers and
X defined by ARB, if A & B are disjoint . The R R ⊂ N × N defined by
is
A) Reflexive B) Symmetric R = {( x, y ) : xy is a perfect square} . Then
C) Transitive D) Equivalence
8. Let A = {1, 2, 3} which of the following is not an A) R is reflexive but not symmetric

equivalence relation on A. B) R is symmetric but not transitive

A) R1 = {(1, 2), (2, 1), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3)} C) R is transitive but not an equivalence
D) R is an equivalence relation
B) R2 = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3,3 )}
12. Let n be a fixed postiive integer and R be a
C) R3 = {(1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (2,3), (3,2)}
relation on the set of all integers defined by
D) R4 = {(1, 1), (2,2), (3,3), (3, 1), (1, 3)}
aRb iff a–b is divisible by n. Then R is
E) R5 = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3,3), (1, 2), (2, 1),
A) symmetric B) reflexive
(2, 3)}
C) transitive D) all the above
9. Let A = {a, b, c} and
E) none of these
13. R1 and R2 are two transitive relations on a non
R = {( a, a ) , ( b, b ) , ( c, c ) , ( b, c )} be a relation empty set X such that R 1 ⊂ R 2 . Then which of

on R the following is true?

Then R is A) If R1 is symmetric then R2 is symmetric
A) reflexive and symmetric B) If R1 is reflexive then R2 is reflexive
B) reflexive and anti-symmetric C) If R2 is reflexive then R1 is reflextive
C) transitive D) A and C D) If R2 is reflexitve then R1 is reflexive
E) B and C E) none of these
10. Q is the set of rational numbers. Which of the 14. R1, R2 are relations on a nonempty set X. If R1
following is true? is reflexive and R2 is symmetric and transitive

A) {( x, y ) : y = 2x} is a symmetric relation on Q then

A) R 1 ∪ R 2 is an equivalence relation

B) {( x, y ) : y = 1 − x} is a symmetric relation
B) R 1 ∩ R 2 is an equivalence relation

on Q
C) R 2 − R 1 is not reflexive
C) {( x, y ) : y= x + 1} is a symmetric relation on Q

D) R 1 − R 2 is reflexive
D) is a symmetric relation on Q
E) none of the above is true E) none of these

Work Book 105

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
15. Let a relation R be defined on the set N by 19. Which of the following function is an odd func-
=R {( x, y ) : x 2
2y 2 0} . Then R is
− 3xy += tion
 a x −1 
A) f (x) = x  x 
A) reflexive but not symmetric
 a +1 
B) symmetric but not reflextive
B) f (x)
= (x 2
− 1) x
C) transitive but not reflexive

D) reflexive and symmetric C) f=

(x) sin x + cos x

E) none of these

16. Let P be the relation defined on the set of all

2
D) f (x) = log x + x + 1 ( )
real numbers such that
20. The domain of f (x) is [1,3] , then the domain
=P {( a, b ) : sec 2 2
a − tan
= b 1} . Then P is
( 2
(
of f log 2 x + 3x − 2 ) ) is
A) reflextive and symmetric but not transitive
A) [ −5, −4]  [1, 2]
B) reflexive and transitive but not symmetric
3 
C) symmetric and transitive but not reflextive B) [ −13, −2]   ,5
5  
D) an equivalence relation
C) [ 4,1]  [ 2, 7 ]
17. Let S be the set of all real numbers. Then the
=
relation R {( a, b ) :1 + ab > 0} on S is D) [ −3, 2]
A) reflexive and symmetric but not transitive
21. Which of the following function has its x value
B) reflexive and transitive but not symmetric
φ
C) symmetric and transitive but not reflexive
A) f ( x=
) x − x B) f (=
x) x −x
D) reflexive, transitive and symmetric

E) none of the above is true 1 1

C) f ( x ) = D) f ( x ) =
x −x x− x
Functions
x x
22. f ( x=
) + + cos ( x ) is
2
18. The range of the function sin x − 5sin x − 6 is x
e −1 2

A) [ −10, 0] B) [ −1,1] A) even function

B) odd function
 −49  C) periodic function
C) [ 0, π] D)  , 0
 4  D) not a function
106 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

23. If f ( x ) + 2f (1 − x ) = x + 2∀x ∈ R, then f ( x ) is {x ∈ R:x is not a positive integer}

2
28. Let A
= De-

( x − 2) 2x
2

A)
2
B) x − 2 fined a function f : A → R as f ( x ) =then
3 x −1
f is

C) 1 D) none of these A) injective but not surjective

24. The function f(x) is defined in [0,1] then the B) not injective
(
domain of f x + x + 1 is
2
) C) surjective but not injective

D) neither injective nor surjective

A) x ∈ [ 0,1] B) x ∈ [ −1,1]
29. Let the function f : ( 0, ∞ ) → [ 0, ∞ ) be defined

C) x ∈ [ −1, 0] D) x ∈ [ −1,1] by f ( x )= 1 −
1
. Then f is
x
sin x + cos x
25. The period of f ( x ) = is
sin x + cos x A) injective only

B) not injective but it is surjective

A) π B) 2π
C) both injective as well as surjective
C) π D) π
2 3 D) neither injective nor surjective

30. If f : R → R satisfies f ( x + y )= f (x) + f (y) for

26. = (
f ( x ) sin ( x ) + {x} , where {}
. denotes
n

fractional part function) is

all x, y ∈ R and f (1) = 7, then ∑ f (r) is
r =1

A) periodic with period 2π 7n(n + 1) 7n

A) B)
B) periodic with period π 2 2

C) periodic with period 1 7 ( n + 1)

C) D) 7n(n + 1)
D) non periodic
2

(Types of function and composite function) 31. T h e function f :R → R defined by

27. L e t f u n c t i o n f : R → R b e d e f i n e d b y
f (x) =( x − 1)( x − 2 )( x − 3) is:
f ( x=
) 2x + sin x for x ∈ R . Then f is
A) one-one and onto A) one-one onto

B) one-one but not onto B) onto but not one-one

C) both one-one and onto

C) onto but not one-one
D) neither one-one nor onto
D) neither one-one nor onto
E) none

Work Book 107

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
32. If f is a polynomial function satisfying
36. Let A = [ −1,1] and f : A → A be defined as
2 + f ( x ) .f ( y ) = f ( x ) + f ( y ) + f ( xy )
f ( x ) = x x for all x ∈ A . Then f is
∀x, y ∈ R and of f(2) = 5 then f ( f ( 2 ) )

A) one-one but not onto

A) 26 B) 36
B) onto but not one-one
C) 48 D) 72
C) both one-one and onto
33. L e t Z b e t h e s e t o f i n t e g e r s . I f
D) neither one-one nor onto
A= {
x∈z: 2
( x + 2 )( x 2 −5x + 6 )
1
= } and
E) none of these

B = {x ∈ z :| x − 1| + | x − 2 | + | x − 3 |≤ 6} then 37. X and Y are two non empty sets and f : X → Y

the relations from A to B which are not functions . If A and B are any two subsets of X then
is
A) f ( A ∪ B )= f ( A ) ∪ f ( B )
10 15
A) 2 − 125 B) 2 − 125
12 5
C) 2 − 125 D) 12 − 243 B) f ( A ∩ B )= f ( A ) ∩ f ( B )
34. The mapping f ( x ) = 2x − 3x + 4 of the set of
2

C) f ( A − B )= f ( A ) − f ( B )
all real numbers to itself is

A) neither injective nor surjective

( )
c
D) f A =  f ( A ) 
c

B) injective but not surjective

C) surjective but not injective

E) none of these
D) bijective ex − e− x
=
38. The inverse of the function f (x) +2
ex + e− x
E) increasing

35. X and Y are two nonempty sets such that every is

1  x −1 
function from X to Y is injective. The number of −1
A) f (x) = log  
2  3− x 
functions from X to Y is equal to
−1 1  x +1 
A) the number of elements in X B) f (x) = log  
2  3− x 
B) the number of elements in Y
−1 1  x −1 
C) f (x) = log  
C) 1 2  x −3
D) number of elements in X ∪ Y 1
−1  x +1 
D) f (x) = log  
E) none of these 2  x +3
108 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

45. If n ( A ) = 4 and n ( B ) = 5 . The number of all

2
 x +1  x −1
f
39. If   = 2
, then the value of f(2) is
 x+2 x +2
5 7 possible injections from A to B in
A) B)
11 11 46. A and B are two sets containing three elements
8 10 each. The number of functions from A to B which
C) D)
11 11 are not bijective is

x
47. L e t f ( x ) b e a f u n c t i o n s u c h t h a t
= 2 − 2− x is
40. If f : R → R defined by f (x)
f (x − 1) + f (=
x + 1) 3f (x) ∀x ∈ R i f

99
A) one-one, onto
f (5) = 100, then ∑ f (5 + 12r)
r =0
is
B) one-one, into

C) many-one,onto

D) many-one,into 48. I f f is a function such that

f (0)
= 2, f (1) = 2f (x) − f ( x + 1)for
= 3 and f (x + 2)
Integer type questions

41. The number of reflexive relations on {a, b, c}

every real x then f (5) is

is
49. The period of
42. The number of equivalence relations on
 1  1  3
X = {a, b, c} is f ( x ) = {x} +  x +  +  x +  +  x + 
 4  2  4

43. If f ( x=
) max {1 + x,1 − x, 2} then the value of is ( if {}
. denotes fractional part function )

f ( −2 ) is  x + 59 
50. The function 3f ( x ) + 2f  =10x + 30
 x −1 
44. The number of onto functions that can be de-
for all x ≠ 1, the value of f(7) =
fined from set A = {a, b, c, d} to set B = {1, 2,3}
is equal to

Work Book 109

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. D 21. D 31. B 41. 64

2. C 12. D 22. A 32. A 42. 5

3. C 13. B 23. A 33. B 43. 3

4. C 14. C 24. C 34. A 44. 36

5. A 15. E 25. A 35. B 45. 120

6. A 16. D 26. D 36. C 46. 21

7. B 17. A 27. A 37. A 47. 10000

8. E 18. A 28. A 38. A 48. 13

9. E 19. D 29. B 39. C 49. 1.4

10. B 20. A 30. A 40. D 50. 4

110 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC
17 FUNCTIONS

QUESTIONS −1  5π 
4. The principal value of sin  sin 
 4 
1 2
1. tan −1   + tan −1   =
4 9 5π 3π
A) B)
4 4
1 3 1 −1  3 
A) cos −1   B) sin  
C) D)
2 5 2 5

1 3 1
C) tan −1   D) tan −1   E)
2 5 2

5 5. The principal value of cos −1 ( −½ ) is:

E) 2 tan  −1

3
A) /5 B) 2 /3

  7  C) D) /2
2. cot cos −1    =
  25  
E) 0
A) 25/24 B) 25/7
1 1
6. cos −1   + 2sin −1   is equal to
C) 24/25 D) 2 2
E) None of these
A) B)
1−1 −1  1 
3. If 2 tan   + tan   = x , then Sin x is equal
3 7 C) D)

to: E) None
1 3  1 1
A) B) 7. sin  sin −1 + cos −1  equals:
2 2  2 2

1
C) − D) 1 A)0 B) 1
2
C) 1/2 D) 1/
E) 0 E) 1/4

Work Book 111

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
8. The value of x which satisfies the equation 13. If 4 sin-1 x + cos-1 , then x =
tan-1x = sin
−1
( ) is:
3
10 A)
1
B)
1
2 3
A) 3 B) -3 2 1
C) D)
C) 1/3 D) -1/3 13 13
E) None
3 12 2
9. If sin −1 + cos −1   = sin −1 c , then c = E)
5  13  3
1
65 65 14. If sin (sin–1 +cos–1x) = 1 then x is equal to:
A) B) 5
66 56
24 16 A) 1 B) 0
C) D)
65 65
C) 4/5 D) 1/5
56
E)
65 3π
15. If sin −1 x + sin −1 y + sin −1 z =then
2
−1
10. The value of cos tan x is( ) x 2020 + y 2020 + z 2020 − 2021
6
2021
=
x +y + z 2021

A) B) x

C) D) A) 0 B) 1

C) 2 D)3
E)
−1  a  −1  b  π
11. The value of is 16. If tan   + tan   = , ( x,a, b > 0 ) then
x x 2
A) B)
x=
C) D)
A) ab B) 2ab
E)
C) D)
12. tan  x  − tan −1  x − y  is:
−1

y x+y 2π
17. If sin-1x + sin-1y = then cos-1x + cos-1y =
3
A) /2 B) /3
A) /3 B) /6
C) /4 D) /4 or 3 /4

E) 0 C) D) /4

112 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

−1  2a   2b   1− x2   2x 
18. If sin  2 
+ sin −1  2 
2 tan −1 x then
= 24. If cos 
−1
2 
+ sin −1  2 
p
=
 1+ a   1+ b   1+ x   1+ x 

x is equal to:
a−b b for all x ∈ [ −1, 0] , then p is equal to
A) B)
1 + ab 1 + ab −π
A) B) 0
b a+b 2
C) D)
1 − ab 1 − ab −1
C) 2 tan x
−1
D) 4 tan x
19. sin −1  5  + sin −1  12  =
π , then x = ∞
 n n −1 
 
x
 
x 2 25. ∑  tan
1
−1

n+2
− tan −1  is
n +1 
A) 10 B) 12 π
A) B)
C) 13 D) 11 4

20. If two angles of a triangle are cot −1 (2) and cot −1 (3) ,
C) D)
then the third angle is
3π 26. A solution to the equation is
A) cot-14 B)
4 π
tan −1 (1 + x ) + tan −1 (1 − x ) =
π π 2
C) D)
4 6 A) x = 1 B) x = –1
21. The sum of the roots of the equation
C) x = 0 D)
3
tan ( x + 3) − tan ( x − 3) =
−1 −1
sin is −1

5 π 1  π 1 
27. tan  + cos −1 x  + tan  − cos −1 x  , x ≠ 0 ,
4 2  4 2 
A) -2 B) -1
C) 0 D) 2 is equal to

22. N u m b e r o f r o o t s o f t h e e q u a t i o n A) x B) 2x
π are
cos −1 3x + cos −1 x = C) D)
2

A) 0 B) 1
I f u cot
28.=
−1
( )
tan α − tan −1 ( )
tan α , t h e n

C) 2 D) more than 2 π u
tan  −  is equal to
23. If cos −1 x + cos −1 y + cos −1 z =
3π 4 2

then x 2020 + y 2021 + z 2022

A) tan α B) cot α
A) 3 B) –3

C) –1 D) 1 C) tan α D) cot α
Work Book 113
 B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
29. sin −1 x > cos −1 x holds for −1  2 1 −1  3 1 
33. cot  2 +  + cot  2 + 2 
 2  2 
 1 
A) all value of x B) x ∈  0, 
 2  4 1
 2 + 3  + ...... ∞ =
 1   2 
C) x ∈  ,1 D) 1
 2  −1
A) tan 2 B) cot
−1

1 π
 1  −1  1  C) tan −1 D)
30. If S tan  2
= −1
 + tan  2  2 4
 n + n + 1   n + 3n + 3 

 1  ∞
3
+......tan −1   then tan S =
 1 + (n + 21)(n + 20) 
34. ∑ tan
1
−1
2
n + n −1
is

20
A)
401 + 20n
−
3π
A) + cot −1 2
4
n
B) 2
n + 20n + 1
π
B) + cot −1 3
20 2
C) 2
n + 22n + 22
C) π
21
D) π
2
n + 21n + 1 D) + tan −1 2
2
 28  n

31. The value of is cot ∑ cot −1 1 + ∑ 2k  
   5π2
35. If ( tan x ) + ( cot x )
=n 1=k 1 2 2
−1 −1
= , then the value
8

23 25 of x is
A) B)
25 23
A) 0 B) –1
15 14 C) –2 D) –3
C) D)
14 15
−1 3π
∞
1 36. If cos p + cos −1 1 − p + cos −1 1 − q =
32. The value of ∑ tan 2
−1
is equal to 4
r =1 r + 5r + 7
then q = 2
π
A) tan–1 3 B) 1 1
4 A) B)
4 2

−1 1 −1 1 1
C) sin D) cot 2 C) D)
10 3 2
114 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
37. The value of x satisfying the equation 42. T h e n u m b e r o f r e a l s o l u t i o n o f
π
cos −1 3x + sin −1 2x =
π is tan −1 x(x + 1) + sin −1 x 2 + x + 1 = is
2
1 −1
A) x = B) x = 43. T h e n u m b e r o f r e a l s o l u t i o n o f
3 3
π
+ cos −1 ( cos
= x ) cot x , 0 ≤ x ≤ 2π
−1 2
C) x = D) none of these
13
38. The number of roots of the equation 44. L e t f : [ 0, 4π] → [ 0, π] be defined by
3x 4x
sin −1 + sin −1 sin −1 x is
=
5 5
f (x) = cos −1 (cos x) . The number of points
A) 0 B) 1

C) 2 D) 3 x ∈ [ 0, 4π] satisfying the equation 10f ( x ) + x =

10

 is
 1 
39. If tan ( sec x ) = sin  cos −1 
−1
  then x is
  5    
45. Let f (θ) =sin  cot −1  cos 2θ   , where 0<θ<
π
.
    4
 sin θ  
A) ± 5 B) ± 3 
3 5 d
Then the value of ( f (θ) ) is
d(tan θ)
3 3
C) ± D) ±
5 5 46. W h e n 0 < x < 1 , the value of

 3−1 −1  1 
( ( )) ( )
tan sin −1 cos ( sin −1 x ) .tan cos −1 sin ( cos −1 x ) is
=
40. If α sin  2  + sin  3  and β =cos −1
    4
47. If ∑ cos ( x )=
i =1
−1
i 4π , then sum of the product
 3 −1  1 
  + cos   then,
 2  3
of all possible xi taken two at a time is
A) α > β B) α = β 2
∞
λπ
48. If ∑ cot (1 + r + r ) =16 then the value of ' λ '
1
−1 2

C) α < β D) α + β = 2π is

π 49. The number of solutions of the equation,

E) α + β =
2 sin −1 x = 2 tan −1 x is
Numerical type
50. If position x ∈ (1, 2) , then the number of
1 1 1 2π
41. I f tan −1 + tan −1 + tan −1 + ..........∞ = solution of the equation
3 7 13 λ
tan −1 (x − 1) + tan −1 x + tan −1 (x + 1) =tan −1 3x is
then the value of ' λ ' is

Work Book 115

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. D 11. C 21. C 31. C 41. 8

2. D 12. C 22. B 32. C 42. 2

3. A 13. A 23. D 33. C 43. 4

4. D 14. D 24. B 34. A 44. 3

5. B 15. B 25. A 35. B 45. 1

6. D 16. C 26. C 36. D 46. 1

7. B 17. A 27. C 37. D 47. 6

8. A 18. D 28. A 38. D 48. 4

9. E 19. C 29. C 39. B 49. 3

10. D 20. B 30. D 40. C 50. 1

116 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
18

QUESTIONS 3. The value1of x2for3which

 1  the maxtrix product
[1 x 1]  4 5 6   2  = 0 is
Reflection
 3 2 5   3 
3
1. If [ 2 −3 4] , X =
U= [0 2 3] V =  2  A)
1
B)
1
1  2 3

2 −9 9
C) D)
  8 8
and Y =  2  , then UV + XY =
 4 
8
E)
A) 20 B) [ −20] 9

C) –20 D) [ 20] E) [10] 1 1

4. If A =   , then A is equal to
100

1 1
 cos α sin α 
2. If A =   , then A is equal to
20

 − sin α cos α  A) 2100A B) 299A

 cos 20 α sin 20 α  C) 100A D) 99A

A)  20 20 
 − sin α cos α 
E) A
cos 20 α − sin 20α  1 2 2 
B)  
 sin 20 α cos 20α  If A  2 1 −2  is a matrix satisfying AAT =
5. =
 
 a 2 b 
 cos 20α sin 20α 
C)  
 − sin 20 α cos 20α 
9I3, then the value of a and b respectively
 cos 20α sin 20 α 
D)  20 20  A) 1,2 B) –1,2
 − sin α cos α 
C) –1, –2 D) 2,1
cos α − sin α 
E)  
 sin α cos α  E) –2,–1
Work Book 117
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

1 0 0   −1 18 
  10. If 3A + 4BT = 7 −10 17  , 2B − 3A T =  4 −6  ,
6. If A =  0 1 0  and I is the unit matrix of 
0 6  31 
a b −1  −5 −7 

2 4 6
order 3, then A + 2A + 4A = then B=
 1 −3
A) 7A8 B) 7A7  
A)  −1 0 
C) 8I D) 6I  2 4 

E) I  1 3
 
B)  −1 0 
 i −i   1 −1  2 4 
7. If A =   and B =  ,
 −i i   −1 1 
 1 −2 3
then A8 = C)  
 −4 2 5

A) 32B B) 128 B
 1 −4 
 
C) 16B D) 64B D)  −2 2 
 3 5 
E) 4B

 3 3 3  1 −2 
8. If A = 3 3 3 , then A4 =  
E)  −1 0 
 
3 3 3  2 5 

A) 27A B) 81A  2 −2 −4 
 4  , then A is
11. If A =  −1 3
C) 243A D) 729A  1 −2 −3

E) 3A
A) Idempotent
 −1 − i 3 
 1 
9. Let A =  2  then A100 = B) Involutory
 −1 + i 3 
 1 
 2  C) diagonal

A) 2100A B) 299A D) nilpotent with index 2

C) 298A D) A E) A2 E) Nilpotent with index 3

118 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

a i bi  x b b
12. If A i =  i  and | a |< 1,| b |< 1 . Then the x b
b ai  14. If ∆1 a x=
= b and ∆ 2 then
a x
a a x
∞
value of ∑ Det A is equal to
i
i =1
d
2 2 A) ∆1 = 3∆ 2 B) ( ∆1 ) =3∆ 2
a −b dx
A)
(1 − a 2 )(1 − b2 ) 3d 3d ( ∆ )
C) ∆=
1 ( ∆ 2 ) D) ∆1 = 2
dx dx

a 2 − b2 d ( ∆2 )
B) E) ∆1 =
dx
(1 − a ) (1 − b )
2 2

3 + 13 2 5 5

a 2 − b2 15. 15 + 26 5 10 =
C)
(1 + a 2 )(1 − b2 ) 3 + 65 15 5

a 2 − b2
A) 5 3 ( 6 −5 ) B) 5 3
D)
(1 + a 2 )(1 + b2 ) C) 6 −5 D) 3 ( 6 −5 )
a 2 − b2 E) 5 6 − 5
E)
(1 + a ) (1 + b )
2 2

16. If a,b,c are non-zero and different from 1, then

13. If a system of equation the value of log a 1 log a b log a c is

1 1
−ax + y + z= 0, x − by + z= 0, x + y − cz= 0 where log a   log b 1 log a  
b c
1
log a   log a c log c 1
a, b, c ≠ −1 has a non zero solution, then the c

A) 0
1 1 1
value of + + is
1+ a 1+ b 1+ c
B) V1 + log a ( a + b + c )

A) –1 B) 1 C) log a ( ab + bc + ca )

C) 3 D) –3 D) 1

E) 0 E) log a ( a + b + c )

Work Book 119

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
17. Let A be any 3×3 invertible matrix. Then which 1 cos θ 1
one of the following is not always true
22. If f ( θ ) = − sin θ 1 − cos θ and A and B
A) adj ( A ) =| A | A
−1
−1 sin θ 1
B) adj ( adjA ) =| A | A are respectively the maximum and the mini-
mum values of f ( θ ) then (A, B) is equal to
C) adj ( adjA ) =| A | ( adjA )
2 −1

D) adj ( adjA ) =| A | ( adj(A) )

−1 A) ( 3, −1) (
B) 4, 2 − 2 )
18. I f t h e s y s t e m o f l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s (
C) 2 + 2, 2 − 2 ) (
D) 2 + 2, −1)
x + ay + z= 3, x + 2y + 2z= 6, x + 5y + 3z= b
23. If B is a 3×3 matrix such that B2 = 0, then det
has no solution, then
(( I + B) 50
)
− 50B is equal to
A) a =
−1, b =
9 A) 1 B) 2
B) a =
−1, b ≠ 9
C) 3 D) 50
C) a ≠ −1, b =9 24. If
a 1, b ≠ 9
D)= a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
(a + λ) (b + λ) (c + λ)
2 2 2
19. The number of values of k for which the system = kλ a b c ,λ ≠ 0
of linear equations 1 1 1
(a − λ) (b − λ) (c − λ)
2 2 2

( k + 2 ) x + 10y =k, kx + ( k + 3) y =k − 1 has

then k is equal to
no solution, is
A) 4 abc B) −4λabc
A) 1 B) 2
2
C) 4λ D)
C) 3 D) infinitely many
25. I f t h e s y s t e m o f l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s
x − 4 2x 2x 2x + 2y + 3z
= a,3x − y + 5z = b where a,b,c
( A Bx )( x − A ) then are non-zero real numbers, has more than one
2
20. If 2x x − 4 2x =+
solution, then
2x 2x x − 4
A) b − c − a =0 B) a + b + c =0
the ordered pair (A,B) is equal to
C) b + c − a =0 D) b − c + a =0
A) ( −4, −5 ) B) ( −4,3)

C) ( −4,5 ) D) ( 4,5 ) a b  α β 
26. If A =
=  and A 2   , then
b a  β α
x 2 x
2
21. If x x 6 = ax 4 + bx 3 + cx 2 + dx + e , then 2 2
A) α= a + b , β= ab
x x 6 2 2
B) α= a + b , β= 2ab
5a + 4b + 3c + 2d + e is equal to 2 2 2 2
C) α= a + b , β= a − b
A) 11 B) –11
2 2
D) α= 2ab, β= a + b
C) 12 D) –12
120 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

y  2 −3 
1 2 x    = 30. I f A   , then adj 3A 2 + 12A ( ) is
27. If A =  and B  x  be such that  −4 1 
3 −1 2   1
equal to

 51 63 
6  A)  
AB =   , then 84 72 
8 
A) y=2x
 51 84 
B) y=-2x B)  
63 72 
C) y = x
 72 −63 
D) y = -x C)  
 −84 51 
0 −1
28. If A =   , then which one of the following
1 0   72 −84 
D)  
 −63 51 
statements is not correct

4 2
A) A − I= A + I  −4 −1
31. If A =   , then the determinant of the
 3 1
3
B) A =− I A ( A − I)
matrix A (
2016
)
− 2A 2015 − A 2014 is
2
C) A = (
+ I A A2 − I ) A) -175

3
D) A = (
+ I A A3 − I ) B) 2014

C) 2016
1 2 2 
  D) -25
If A 2 1 −2  is a matrix satisfying the
29.=
a 2 b  32. Let W be a complex number such that

T
equation AA = 9I, where I is 3×3 identify ma- 2w + 1 = z, where z = −3.
1 1 1
trix, then the ordered pair (a,b) is equal to 2
If 1 −1 − w= w 2 3k=
then k
2 7
A) (-1,1) 1 w w
A) -Z
B) (2,1)
B) Z
C) (-2,-1)
C) -1
D) (2,-1)
D) 1
Work Book 121
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
35. Let X and Y be two arbitrary 3×3 non zero, skew
r 2r − 1 3r + 2
symmetric matrices and Z be an arbitrary 3×3
n
=
33. If ∆r n −1 a ,
2 non zero symmetric matrix. Then which of the
n(n − 1) (n − 1)(3n − 4)
(n − 1)2 following matrices is (are) skew symmetric
2 2 3 4 4 3
A) y z − z y
n −1
then the value of ∑∆ r is
44 44
r =1
B) x + y

4 3 3 4
C) x z − z x
A) independent of both a and n
23 23
D) x + y
B) depends only on a
36. Which of the following is (are) not the square of
C) depends only on n a 3×3 matrix with real entries
1 0 0  1 0 0 
   
D) depends both on a and n A) 0 1 0  B) 0 −1 0 
3 −1 −2 0 0 −1 0 0 −1
34.
= Let P 2 0 α  , where α ∈R, suppose

3 −5 0   −1 0 0  1 0 0
   
C)  0 −1 0  D) 0 1 0 
Q = qij  is a matrix such that PQ = KI , where  0 0 −1 0 0 1

0 1 a   −1 1 −1
37. Let
= M  1 2 3  and adj
= M  8 −6 2 
 
K ∈ R,K ≠ 0 and I is the identify matrix of order
3 b 1  −5 3 −1

k k2 where a and b are real numbers. Which of the

3. If q23 =
− and det Q =
then
8 2 following options is/are correct

A) a + b =3

α 0,k
A) = = 8 ( 2
B) det adj M = 81 )
B) 4α − k + 8 =1
C) ( adj M)−1 + adj M−1 =
M

C) det (Padj Q ) = 2
9
α   1
If M  β 
D) = 2 , then =
  α −β+ γ 3
D) det ( QadjP ) = 2
13
 γ  3 

122 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
 θ Matrix match
 0 − tan 
2 cos θ − sin θ  ,
38. Let A 
= =  ( θ ≠ nπ ) , B  40. ColumnI ColumnII

 tan θ 0   sin θ cos θ  A)The systemof linear equations
 2 
λx + 2y + 2z= 5,2λx + 3y + 5z= 8
P)8
1 0  and 4x + λy + 6z =10has no
I=  .Then the matrix I+A is equal to
0 1  solution.Then λ =
1 1 2 
B) If thematrices A = 1 3 4 
A) ( I − A ) B
1 −1 3 
=,B adjA= andc 3A,then Q)10
adjB
B) ( I − A ) B
2
is equal to
c
C) Let a − 2b + c =
1.If

C) ( I + A ) B
2 x+a x+2 x +1
f (x) = x + b x + 3 x + 2 R)1
x+c x+4 x+3
then f ( 50 )
D) ( I − A )
2

 x 1
D)
= Let A   ,x ∈ R and
5 3  1 0 S)2
2 2  , then which of the following
39. If M =   =A 4 =
aij  .If a11 109= then a22
 −3 −1 
 2 2  A) A → Q, B → P, C → S, D → R

B) A → Q, B → S, C → P, D → R

2022 C) A → Q, B → S, C → R, D → P
matrices is equal to M
D) A → S, B → P, C → R, D → Q

 3034 3033  Integer type questions

A)  
 −3033 −3032   x 1
41. If A =   and A is the unit matrix then the
2

 1 0 
3034 −3033 3
B)   value of x + x − 2 is equal to
3033 −3032 
42. If t 5 , t10 , t 25 are 5th, 10th and 25th terms of an
 3033 3032  t 5 t10 t 25
C)  
 −3032 −3031 A.P respectively, then the value of 5 10 25
1 1 1
 3032 3031  is equal to
D)  
 −3031 −3030 
Work Book 123
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
43. If α, β, γ are the cube roots of unity then the −1 + 3 i
47. Let z = where
2

eα e2α e3α − 1 ( −z )r z 2s 
value of the determinant e
β
e 2β e3β − 1 = −1 and r,s ∈ {1,2,3}. Let P =  2s
i= 
 z zr 
eγ e2 γ e3 γ − 1
and I be the identity matrix of order 2. Then the
total number of ordered pairs (r,s) where p2 =-I
1 x x +1 is
44. If =
f (x) 2x x ( x − 1) ( x + 1) x
3x ( x − 1) x ( x − 1)( x − 2 ) ( x + 1) x ( x − 1)  1 0 0
 
, then f(100) = 48. Let P =  4 1 0  and I be the identity ma-
16 4 1
10C4 10C5 11Cm trix of order 3. If Q= [qij] is a matrix such that
45. The value of 11c6 11C7 12C m + 2 is zero,
q31 + q32
12C8 12C9 13Cm + 4 P50 − Q − I =0, then equals
q21
when m is

1 0 0 
46. T h e total number of distinct 1 1 0  and B A 20 .
= 49. Let A =  Then the sum
x x2 1 + x3
1 1 1
x ∈ R for which 2x 4x 2 1 + 8x 3 10 is
=
3x 9x 2 1 + 27x 3 of the elements of the first column of B is

124 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. D 11. A 21. B 31. D 41. -2

2. C 12. A 22. C 32. A 42. 0

3. C 13. B 23. A 33. A 43. 0

4. B 14. B 24. C 34. C 44. 0

5. E 15. A 25. A 35. C,D 45. 5

6. A 16. A 26. B 36. C,A 46. 2

7. B 17. D 27. A 37. D,A 47. 1

8. D 18. B 28. C 38. A 48. 103

9. B 19. A 29. C 39. A 49. 231

10. B 20. C 30. A 40. D

Work Book 125

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
CONTINUITY, DIFFERENTIABILITY
19 & DERIVATIVES

QUESTIONS  1
 x cos + 15x
2
when x ≠ 0
4. f (x) =  x is
 5 if x ≤ 2 when x = 0
  k
1. f ( x ) = ax + b if 2 < x < 10 If f(x) is con-
 21 if x ≥ 10 continuous at x = 0; then k =

A) 1 B) –1
tinuous everywhere, the value of a + b =
C) 0 D) 6
A) 3 B) 1
5. f (x) = x where x ∈ R is
C) –1 D) 0
2. Which of the following is an everywhere con- A) continuous at x =0
tinuous function? B) not differentiable at x = 1

A) f ( x ) = log x C) differentiable at x = 0

D) discontinuous at x = 0
B) f ( x ) = sig x
6. Which of the following are true
C) f ( x ) = e
x

A) All differentiable functions are continuous

D) f ( x ) x where x > 0
2
=
B) All continuous functions are non differen-
 1 + kx − 1 − kx tiable
 if − 1 < x < 0
3. f (x) =  x C) RHD ≠ LHD always implies discontinuity
 2x +1 if 0 ≤ x ≤ 1
 x−2 D) RHD and LHD are finite means the funciton
is continuous
The value of k so that f(x) is continuous at x = 0
 cos ( sin x ) − cos x
1  ,x ≠ 0
A) 7. f (x) =  x2 is continu-
2 
 a, x = 0
1 ous at x = 0. Then a =
B) −
2
A) 0 B) 4
C) 0
D) 1 C) 5 D) 6
126 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
8. f : R → R be a differentiable funciton such 12. f1 ( x )= x x, f 2 ( x )= x , f 3 ( x )= x + [ x ] and

that f (=
x + y ) f ( x ) f ′ ( y ) + f ′ ( x ) f ( y ) and f 4 ( x ) = x − 1 + x + 1 where −1 < x < 1. Which

f ( 0 ) = 1 . Then the value of log f(4) = of the following are true

A) 1 B) 2 A) f1 ( x ) and f 3 ( x ) are strictly increasing in

C) 3 D) 4
 3ax + b if x > 1 interval ( −1,1)
9. 
= f ( x ) =11 if x 1
5ax − 2b if x < 1, is continuous at x =
 1; then B) f1 ( x ) and f 3 ( x ) are continuous and differ-

entiable at x = 0
1
( a + b ) is
2 C) f1 ( x ) , f 2 ( x ) andf 4 ( x ) are continuous at x
A) 2.5 B) 2
=2
C) 3 D) 5
10. Let f : ( 0 ∞ ) → R be a differentiable funciton D) f 3 ( x ) and f 2 ( x ) are not differentiable at

x= 1
f (x)
such that f ′ ( x )= 2 − for all x ∈ ( 0 ∞ )
x π −1
 4 + tan x when x ≤ 1
and f (1) ≠ 1 Then 13. f (x) = 
 1 ( x − 1) when x > 1
 2
1 1
A) Lt f ′   =1 B) Lt + xf  =2
x →0
x x →0 x A) continuous on R − {1} and differentiable in

C) Lt + x f ′ ( x ) = 0 D) f ( x ) ≤ 2 ∀x ∈ ( 0, 2 )
2
x →0 R − {−1 ,1}

B) Both continuous and differentiable in

( x − 1)
n
R − {−1}
11. g ( x )
= : 0 < x < 2, m and n are
log cos m ( x − 1)
C) continuous in R − {−1} and differentiable in

integers m ≠ 0, n > 0 . Let p be the LHD of

R − {−1,1}
1 . If Lt g ( x ) = p then which of
x − 1 at x = D) Both continuous and differentiable in R − {1}
x →1

the following are true 1

x
f (x) ∫ ( 4t − 2f ′ ( t ) ) dt Then 9f ′ ( 4 ) =
2
14. =
A) n = 1 x2 4
B) m = 1
C) m+n=4 A) 0 B) 33
D) m+n=0 C) 31 D) 32

Work Book 127

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

15. ( x ) sin x − x + 2 ( x − π ) cos x is not dif-

f= 19. f (x) = 1 − x + x − 1 is

ferentiable in set K. Then K = A) continuous at all x ∈ R

A) {0} B) Discontinuous at all x ∈ R
C) Continuous at x = 1 only
D) Defined at x = 1 and discontinuous at x = 1
 π E) Continuous at all integer
B) 0, 
 2 20. Match the following
C) φ
π
D)  
2

16. f(x) is a differentiable function such that

3
f ( x ) − f ( y ) ≤ 2 x − y 2 . Given f(0) = 1. Then

∫ f ( x ) dx =
2

A) 0 B)1
1
C) –1 D)
2
A) (1 a ) ( 2 b ) ( 3 d )
17. Lt f ( x ) exists. Then
x →a

B) (1 b ) ( 2 a ) ( 3 c )
A) f(x) is continuous at x = a
B) f(x) is not continuous at x = a C) (1 b ) ( 2 b ) ( 3 c )
C) f(x) is continuous at x = a, if xLt f ( x ) = f (a )
→a
D) (1 a ) ( 2 c ) ( 3 b )
D) f(x) is dis continuous if xLt f ( x ) ≠ f (a )
→a
E) (1 d ) ( 2 b ) ( 3 c )
E) C and D
18. Let S= {( λ, µ ) ∈ R × R such that
21. bg
f x = x x , − 1 < x ≤ 2 and [ ] is the GIV

function. The which of the following is true

f (t) = (λ e t
) }
− µ sin 2 t , t ∈ R, is differentiable A) continous at x = 0, but not differentiable at
x=0
.Then S is a sub set of
B) jump discontinuity at x = 1
A) ( 0 , ∞ ) × R B) ( −∞, 0 ) × R C) continous and differentiable at x = 1
D) removable discontinuity at x = 2
C) R × ( −∞, 0 ) D) R × [ 0, ∞ ) E) A ,B,D

128 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
22. Which of the following is true for the function dy
  1 1 25. If y = 2ax and = log 256 at x = 1, then a =:
− + 
dx
=  x e  |x| x  x ≠ 0

defined by f ( x )  A) 2 B) 1
=  0= x 0 C) 0 D) 3

 E) 1/2
−1 π
A) Rf/ (0) = 0 and L f/ (0) = 1 and differentiable 26. Derivative of cot cos 2x at x = =
at x = 0 6

B) R f / (0) = 0 and L f / (0) = 1 and not

differentiable at x = 0 2
A)
C) R f / (0) = 1 and L f / (0) = 0 and not 3
differentiable at x = 0
D) R f/ (0) = 0 and L f/ (0) = 0 and differentiable 2
at x = 0 B)  
3
E) Rf / (0) = 2 and Lf /
(0) = 1 and not
differentiable at x = 0
3
dy C)
23. If sin y = x sin (a+y), then =: 2
dx

sina 3
A) B) sin(a+y) D)
2
sin (a + y) 2

3
sin(a + y) sin 2 (a + y) E)
C) D) 2
sin a sin a
27. The derivative of
sin ( a + y ) Y = log10 x + log x 10 + log x x + log10 10
E)
(a + y)
1 log10
dy A) −
24. If xy = ex-y, then =: x log10 x ( log x )2
dx
log10
B)
log x log x ( x log x )
2
A) B)
1 + log x 1 − log x
1 log10
C) +
log x 1 + log x x log10 x ( log x )2
C) D)
(1 + log x) 2 log x
1 1
D) −
log x x log10 x log x
E)
(1 − log x) 2 E) none

Work Book 129

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
28. f : R → R be given by 31. y 2 = p ( x ) is a polynomial of degree 3. Then

 x 5 + 5x 4 + 10x 3 + 10x 2 + 3x + 1 when x < 0

 2 d  3 d2 y 
 x − x + 1 when 0 ≤ x < 1 2 y =
 dx  dx 2 
f ( x ) =  2 x 3 − 4x 2 + 7x − 8 when1 ≤ x < 3
 3 3
 A) P′′′ ( x ) + P′ ( x )
10
 ( x − 2 ) log ( x − 2 ) − x + when x ≥ 3
 3
B) P′′ ( x ) + P′′′ ( x )
Which of the following is / are correct

A) f is increasing in ( −∞, 0 ) C) P ( x ) P′′′ ( x )

B) f ′ ( x ) has local maximum at x = 1 D) a constant

C) f is in to sin 2 x cos 2 x dy π
=
32. y + Then at x =
1 + cot x 1 + tan x dx 4
D) f ′ is not diff. at x = 2
A) 0 B) 1
Y 2
1 d y
29. x=∫ dt . Then =
0 1 + 4t 2 dx 2 C) 2 D) 5
A) 2Y
1  dy 
=33. If y = 2 3
then   ...and
B) 4Y 1+ x + x + x  dx  x =0

C) 8Y  d2 y 
 2  = .....
 dx  x =0
D) 6Y
A) -1, 10 B) 1,0
E) Y
C) 0,2 D) 0,1
30. x 2 + y2 =
1 Then
34. Let f ′′ ( x ) be continuous at x = 0 and f ′′ ( 0 ) = 4
A) yy′′ − 2 ( y′ ) + 1 =
2
0
the value of

B) yy′′ + ( y′ ) + 1 =
2
0 2f ( x ) − 3f ( 2x ) + f ( 4x )
lim is
x →0 sin ( x 2 )
( y′ )
2
yy′′
C) = −1
A) 6 B) 10

D) yy′′ + 2 ( y′ ) + 1 =
2
0 C) 11 D) 12
130 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

35. f ( x ) = x 2 − 3x + 2 + cos ( x ) is not differentia- x dy

39. y= e then =
dx
ble at
x x
e e
A) 0 B) 1 A) B)
x x
xe 4 xe
C) 2 D) 3
x
4 xe x
x C) D) e
f (x) =
x + e and g ( x ) =
f ( x ) . Then the
x
36.
3 2 −1 e

value of g′ (1) = 40. Derivative of

A) 2 B) 4
C) 1.414 D) 0  1− x2 
= y cos −1  2 
, 0 < x < 1w.r.t.x is
37. f : [ 0,1] → R be a function such that  1 + x 

f ( xy ) = f ( x ) f ( y ) and f ( 0 ) ≠ 0 . If y = y ( x ) 1 2
A) B)
1+ x2 1+ x2
dy
satisfies = f ( x ) with y(0)= 1. Then −2 −1
dx C) D)
1+ x2 1+ x2
1 3
y  + y  =
4 4 Integer type questions

A) 4 B) 3
C) 5 D) 2 x dy
41. y= x y Then at =
x 1y
= 1
4 d2 y dx
38. x 4t
= = and y Then
t dx 2
dy
f ( x ) =e x + e x + e x + e x + e x .Then
2 3 4 5
42. at x = 0
−1 dx
A)
2t 3

43. y = cos ( 3cos −1 x ) . Then

1
B
2t
1 2 d2 y dy 
2 
y
( x − 1) dx 2
+x =
dx 
C)
t3
x 1
1 1
∫ f ( t ) dt =
x + ∫ t f ( t ) dt Then f ′   =
2 2
D) 3 44.
2t 0 x 2
Work Book 131
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
dy 49. f ′′ ( x ) =
−f ( x ) and g ( x ) =
f ′ ( x ) and
45. xyyx=16. Then at (2,2) is
dx

2 2
The 5th derivative of f ( x ) = tan x at x = 0 is   x    x 
−1
46. f ( x )  f    +  g    . Given f(5) = 5.
=
  2    2 
Then f(10) =
 x x − x−x 
47. f ( x ) = cot −1   Then f (1) =
/

 2 
1 1
1 − cos 4x 50. f (x)f   =
f ( x ) + f   where x ≠ 0
 when x ≠ 0 x x
48. f ( x ) =  8x 2 If f(x) is
 k when x = 0 f ( 3) = −26 then 3 + f (1) =

continuous at x = 0, then k =

132 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. C 21. E 31. C 41. 1

2. C 12. A 22. B 32. A 42. 1

3. B 13. A 23. D 33. A 43. 9

4. C 14. D 24. C 34. D 44. 0.96

5. A 15. C 25. A 35. B 45. -1

6. A 16. B 26. B 36. A 46. 24

7. A 17. E 27. A 37. B 47. 1

8. B 18. D 28. B 38. D 48. 1

9. A 19. C 29. B 39. B 49. 5

10. A 20. B 30. B 40. B 50. 0.5

Work Book 133

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
INTEGRATION I
20

QUESTIONS  1 − x 
3. ∫ cos 2 tan −1  dx =
1 + x 

1. ∫ ( sin x + cos 6 x + 3sin 2 x. cos 2 x ) dx =
6

1 2
A)
8
( x − 1) + C
A) x + c
x2
3 B) +C
B) sin 2x + C 4
2
x
C) + C
2
C) −3 2 cos 2x + C
x
1 D) +C
D) sin 3x − cos3x + C 4
3
x2
E) +C
1 2
E) sin3x + cos3x + C
3
( x + 1)( x + log x )
2
4.
e 3log ( 2x )
+ 5e 2log ( 2x )
∫ x
dx =
2. The integeral ∫e 4log x
+ 5e3log x − 7e 2log x
dx, x > 0,
A) ( x + log x ) + c
2

is equal to

( x + log x )
2
A) log e x 2 + 5x − 7 + c B)
+c
2
B) 4log e x 2 + 5x − 7 + c
( x + log x )
3

C) +c
C) 1 3
log x 2 + 5x − 7 + c
4
( x + log x )
4
D) +c
4
2
D) log e x + 5x − 7 + c
E) none
134 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

x dx
∫ e ( sec x (1 + tan x ) ) dx =
x
8.
5. ∫ ( x − 1)( x − 2 ) =
x
 ( x − 1)  A) e cos x + c
A) log  +c
 x−2  x
B) e sec x + c
 ( x − 2) 
2

B) log  +c
 x −1  x
C) e sin x + c
 

 ( x − 1)2  x
D) e tan x + c
C) log  +c
 x−2 
  x
E) e cot x + c

∫ ( sec x ) ( tan x + tan x ) dx is equal to

m 3
9.
D) log ( x − 1)( x − 2 ) + c

m+2 m+2
A) sec x+c B) tan x+c
E) none
cos x dx sec m + 2 x tan m + 2 x
+c +c
6.
∫ (1 − sin x )( 2 − sin x ) = C)
m+2
D)
m+2

1 − sin x
A) log +c sec m +1 x
2 − sin x E) +c
m +1
2 − sin x
B) log +c
1 − sin x 10.
2
For x ≠ nπ, n ∈ N ( the set of natural num-

C) log (1 − sin x )( 2 − sin x ) + c bers), the integral

2sin ( x 2 − 1) − sin 2 ( x 2 − 1)
1
D) log ( 2 − sin x )(1 − sin x ) + c ∫x 2sin ( x 2 − 1) + sin 2 ( x 2 − 1)
dx
is equal to
2
2 − sin x
E) +c
1 − sin x  x2 −1 
A) log e sec   +C
 2 
∫x e
2 x3
7. dx =
1 2 2
B) log e sec ( x − 1) + C
1 x3 1 xx 2
A) e +c B) e +c
3 3
1  x2 −1 
C) log e sec 2   +C
1 x3 1 x2 2  2 
C) e +c D) e +c
2 2
1
x3 D) log e sec ( x 2 − 1) + C
E) e + c 2
Work Book 135
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
1 −4x3 e − x ( cosec x (1 + cot x ) ) dx =
11. ∫
If =
5 −4x 3
x e dx e f ( x ) + C , where C is a 14. ∫
48

−x
A) e cos ecx + c
constant of integration, then f(x) is equal to

3
A) −4x − 1 −x
B) −e cos ecx + c
3
B) 4x + 1
C) −e ( cos ecx + cot x ) + c
−x

3
C) −2x − 1

D) −e ( cos ecx − tan x ) + c

3 −x
D) −2x + 1
3x13 + 2x11
12. The integral ∫ dx is equal to x2
( 2x + 3x + 1) ∫ 1 + x 6 = dx is equal to
4
4 2 15.

(where C is a constant of integration) −1 2

A) tan x + c ( )
4
x
A) +C
2
( 2x + 3x 2 + 1)
3
tan −1 ( x 3 ) + c
4
B)
3
x12 1 −1 3
B) +C C) tan ( x ) + c
6 ( 2x + 3x + 1)
3
4 2
3

1
C)
x4
+C D) tan −1 ( x 2 ) + c
2
6 ( 2x 4 + 3x 2 + 1)
3

D)
x12
+C
−1 3
E) tan x + c ( )
( 2x + 3x + 1)
4 2 3

(x 2
− 1) dx
16. ∫x 3
2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
=
xe x
13. ∫ (1 + x ) 2
dx =
2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
A) +c
x4
ex ex
A) +c B) +c 2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
1+ x 1 + ex B) +c
2x 2
e 2x e− x 2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
C) +c D) +c C) +c
1 + ex 1+ x x2

e −2x 2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
E) +c D) +c
1+ x 2x 2

136 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
2
ex  log x − 1 
17. Let I = ∫ dx and
e 4x + e 2x + 1 20. ∫   dx =
 1 + ( log x )2 
 

e− x x xe x
J = ∫ −4x −2x dx. Then J-I = A) B) +c
( log x )
2
e + e +1 +1 1 + x2

x log x
1 e 4x − e 2x + 1 C) +c D)
A) In 4x 2x +c 2
x +1 ( log x )
2
+1
2 e + e +1
dx
B)
1 e 2x + e x + 1
In 2x x +c
21. ∫e x
+ e− x + 2
is equal to
2 e − e +1
1 −1
A) +c B) +c
1 e 2x − e x + 1 x
e +1 x
e +1
C) In 2x +c
2 e + ex + 1
1 1
C) +c D) +c
1 e 4x + e 2x + 1 1 + e− x −x
e −1
D) In 4x 2x +c
2 e − e +1
1
E) x
+c
dx x 6 e −1
18. ∫ = P ( x ) , then ∫ dx =
x + x7 x + x7
sin 8 x − cos8 x
22. ∫ 1 − 2sin 2 x cos2 x dx is equal to
A) ln |x| – p(x) + c
1
A) sin 2x + c
B) ln |x| + p(x) + c 2

C) x – p(x) + c 1
B) − sin 2x + c
2
D) x + p(x) + c
1
19. If ∫ f ( x ) dx = ψ ( x ) , then ∫ x 5 f ( x 3 ) dx = C) − sin x + c
2
2
D) − sin x + c
1 3
A) x ψ / ( x 3 ) − ∫ x 2 ψ ( x 3 ) dx  + c
3  
−1  1 − x 
2
23. ∫ x cos 
1+ x 
2 
dx (x > 0) is equal to
1 3
B) x ψ ( x 3 ) − 3∫ x 3ψ ( x 3 ) dx + c
3 A) − x + (1 + x ) tan x + c
2 −1

1 3 B) x − (1 + x ) cot x + c
2 −1
C) x ψ ( x ) − ∫ x ψ ( x ) dx + c
3 2 3

3
C) − x + (1 + x ) cot x + c
2 −1

D)
3 (
1 3
)
x ψ ( x 3 ) − ∫ x 3ψ ( x 3 ) dx + c
D) x − (1 + x ) Tan x + c
2 −1

Work Book 137

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
sin 2 x cos 2 x x 2 − x + 1 cot −1 x
The integral ∫ ∫ x 2 + 1= dx A ( x ) ecot x + c ,
−1
24. dx is equal to 26. If e
( sin x + cos3 x )
3 2

then A(x) =

1 A) –x B) x
A) +c
(1 + cot 3 x )
C) 1− x D) 1+ x

One or more correct

1
B) − +c
3 (1 + tan 3 x ) 27. Let α ∈ ( 0, π / 2 ) be fixed. If the integral

tan x + tan α
sin 3 x
∫ tan x − tan αdx =
C) +c
(1 + cos3 x )
A ( x ) cos 2α + B ( x ) sin 2α + C , where C is a

− cos3 x constant of integration, then the functions A(x)

D) +c
3 (1 + sin 3 x )
and B(x) are respectively

A) x − α and log e cos ( x − α )

5m −1 4m −1
x + 2x
25. ∫ = dx f ( x ) + c , then f(x) is (m is
(x + x m + 1)
2m 3
B) x + α and log e sin ( x − α )

any non zero number) C) x − α and log e sin ( x − α )

x 5m
A) D) x + α and log e sin ( x + α )
2m ( x 2m + x m + 1)
2

 1  x+ 1
28. The integral ∫ 1 + x −  e x dx is equal to
x 4m  x
B)
2m ( x 2m + x m + 1)
2
1
x+
A) xe x
+c
1
B) ( x + 1) e x + x + c
2m ( x 5m
+x 4m
)
C)
(x + x m + 1)
2m 2

1
C) − xe x + x + c

x 5 − x 4m 1
D) D) ( x − 1) e
x+
x
+c
2m ( x + x + 1)
2m m 2

138 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

1 1 − x3 −1 cos x − sin x  sin x + cos x 

If ∫
32. = dx a sin −1   + C,
29. =
If ∫x
dx a log
1 − x3 1 − x3 + 1
+ b, then 8 − sin 2x  b 
where C is a constant of integration, then the
a= ordered pair (a,b) is equal to
1 2 A) ( −1,3)
A) B)
3 3 B) ( 3,1)

−1 2 C) (1,3)
C) D)
3 3 D) (1, −3)

cos ec 2 x − 2005 33. The value of the

30. ∫ cos2005 x dx = sin θ sin 2θ ( sin 6 θ + sin 4 θ + sin 2 θ ) 2sin 4 θ + 3sin 2 θ + 6
∫ 1 − coss2θ
dθ

cot x is
A) +c
( cos x )
2005
3
1
A)
18
( 9 − 2cos 6 θ − 3cos 4 θ − 6cos 2 θ ) 2 + C
tan x
B) +c
( cos x )
2005
3
1
B)
18
( 9 − 2cos 6 θ − 3cos 4 θ − 6cos 2 θ ) 2 + C
− tan x
C) +c
( cos x )
2005
3
1
C)
18
( 9 − 2sin 6
θ − 3sin 4
θ − 6sin 2
θ )2 + C
− cot x
D) +c
( cos x )
2005
3
1
D)
18
( 9 − 2sin 6
θ − 3sin 4
θ − 6sin 2
θ )2 + C
cos θ
31. ∫ 5 + 7 sin θ − 2 = dθ 2
A log e B ( θ ) + C,
cos θ dx
34. The value of ∫ sin x sin ( x + α ) =
B ( θ)
then can be
A
sin x
A) cos ec α n +C
2sin θ + 1 sin ( x + α )
A)
5 ( sin θ + 3)
sin ( x + α )
2sin θ + 1 B) cos ec α n +C
B) sin x
sin θ + 3
sec ( x + α )
5 ( sin θ + 3) C) cos ec α n +C
C) sec x
2sin θ + 1

5 ( 2sin θ + 1) sec x
D) D) cos ec α n +C
sin θ + 3 sec ( x + α )

Work Book 139

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
1

35. sin


2x + 2
−1 
∫  4x 2 + 8x + 13  dx = 40. If ( x − x3 )3  1 
b

dx= a  2 − 1 + c, then the

∫ x4 x 

1
A) 3  2 ( x + 1) tan −1  2 ( x + 1)  − log 4x 2 + 8x + 13  + C value of is
23 3   ab
1
dx  x − 3 7
B) 3  2 ( x + 1) tan −1  2 ( x + 1)  + log 4x 2 + 8x + 13  + C 41. If ∫ 6
= K  + c , then K =
 x + 4 
( x − 3) ( x + 4 )
8/7
23 3   7

1
cos x dx
C) 3  2 ( x + 1) tan −1  2 ( x + 1)  + 4x 2 + 8x + 13  + C 42. Let ∫ 2
=f ( x ) (1 + sin 6 x ) λ + c ,
23 3   sin 3 x (1 + sin 6 x ) 3

D) none of these
π
then the value of λ f   is equal to.........
3
Integer type questions
tan x
43. If f ( x ) = ∫ sin x cos x dx, and f ( 0 ) = 3, then
3x 4 − 1
36. If f ( x ) = ∫ dx and f ( 0 ) = 0, then
(x + x + 1)
4 2

π
the value of f   is
4
f ( −1) =
5x 4 + 4x 5
44. If ∫ = dx f ( x ) + c, then the value
( )
2
4e x + 6e − x x 5
x 1
37. If ∫ x −x
dx = Ax + Blog ( 9e 2x − 4 ) + c + +
9e − 4e
1
of is
f (1)
then 4A =
1− x2
( )
m
 2 1 
 x + 2  45. If ∫ = A(x)
dx 1− x2 + C, then
38. If x2 −1 a x x4
∫ ( x 2 + 1) 1 + x 4 dx
=
2
tan −1 
 2
 + c,

  m
    −1  
A  3  =
  
then a =
1
dx
If f ( x ) =
1
dx and f (1) = 0,
46. If
∫ = xf ( x ) (1 + x 6 ) 3 + C ,
39. ∫ ( x + 1) 2
x2 −1 x 3 (1 + x 6 ) 3
2
  3 
then the value of 5 f    =
  2   −1 
then f  =
 4 
140 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

x 2 + 4x + 5 dx= A ( x + 2 ) 49. For real numbers α, β, γ and δ ,

47. ∫
 x2 +1 
(x − 1) + tan −1 
2

 x  dx = α log
x 2 + 4x + 5 + B n x + 2 + x 2 + 4x + 5 + c If ∫ e
−1  x + 1 
2

( x + 3x + 1) tan  x 
4 2

 

then A+B =
 −1  x 2 + 1    γ ( x 2 − 1) 
 tan   + β tan −1
 
  x    x 
cos3 x  −9 −5
  
48.
∫
If
11
sin x
dx =
−2 

A tan 2
x + B tan 2
x+C
  x2 +1 
+δ tan −1   + C, then ( α + βγ + δ ) is
 x 
, then 20B − 18A = equal to
1
50. dx A  x −1 A , then
∫ ( x − 1)3/4=( x + 2)
5/4 
3 x+2
 +C

5A is equal to

Work Book 141

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. A 21. B 31. D 41. 1

2. B 12. B 22. B 32. C 42. 2

3. E 13. A 23. A 33. D 43. 5

4. C 14. B 24. B 34. A 44. 3

5. B 15. C 25. B 35. A 45. 729

6. B 16. B 26. B 36. 1 46. 32

7. A 17. C 27. C 37. 6 47. 1

8. B 18. A 28. A 38. 1 48. 2

9. C 19. C 29. A 39. 1 49. 0.60

10. A 20. A 30. D 40. 2 50. 20.00

142 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter

21 INTEGRATION II

QUESTIONS x t
4. Let f ( x ) = ∫ sin 2   dt . Then the value of
1.5
1
2
1. If I =
∫  x  dx, then I is equal to, where
2
f ( π + x ) − f ( π)
0 lim is equal to
x →0 x

[ ] = G.I.V 1 1
A) B)
4 2
A) 2 + 2 B) 2 −1 3
C) D) 1
4
C) 2 D) 0
E) 0
4
 log t 
E) 2 − 2 5. The value of ∫ 
2
t
 dt =

5
A) 1 ( log 2 ) 2 ( log 2 )
2
2 B)
2. The value of = ∫−1
4x 2 x dx
2 2

C) 3 ( log 2 ) 2 ( log 2 )
2
A) 17 B) 16 D)
2
C) 15 D) 14
E) 3 ( log 2 )
2
E) 13
π
dx
∫
2
6. 2
=
3. ∫ x dx
−2
is equal to o 1 + tan 3 x

A) 0 B) 1
A) 1 B)

C) 2 D) 4 π π
C) D)
2 4
1
E) E) 0
2

Work Book 143

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
10
x10 π cos 2 x
7. ∫ (10 − x ) 10
dx = 12. The value of
∫−π 1 + a x dx , a>0 is
o + x10

A) B)
A) 10 B) 5
1
C) 2 D) C) D)
2
E) 0 π /4 dx
6
13. The integral ∫
π /6
sin 2x ( tan 5 x + cot 5 x )
8. The value of ∫
o
x − 3 dx = equals

1 π −1  1  
A)  − tan  
A) 6 B) 0 10  4  9 3 

C) 12 D) 18
B) 1  π − tan −1  1  
E) 9   
5 4  3 3 
4 4
9. If ∫ f (x)dx = 4 and ∫ ( 3 − f (x) ) dx =
7 , then π
−1 2
C)
10
2
the value of ∫−1
f (x)dx is
1  1 
D) tan −1  
20 9 3
A) –2 B) 3

C) 5 D) 8 1 1

∫ ∫ cot (1 − x + x ) dx, then

−1 −1 2
14. If 2 tan = x dx
0 0
E) –1
2 1

∫ 3x 2 − 3x − 6 dx =
∫ tan (1 − x + x ) dx =
−1 2
10. The value of
−2 0
π
A) 15 B) 17 A) log 2 B) + log 2
2
C) 18 D) 19
π
π C) − log 2 D)
2
11. 4 8cos 2x
The integral
∫ π ( tan x + cot x )3 dx equals 3

12 15. If ∫ 2x − 1 dx is equal to
−2
15 15
A) B)
128 64
A) 12 B) 12.5
13 13
C) D)
32 256 C) 15-2 D) 17.5
144 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
b
 1 1 1

16. The value of
∫ ( x − a ) ( b − x ) dx i s
3 4

lim 
( n + 1) 3
+
( n + 2 ) 3
+ ...... +
( 2n ) 3

20. is
a n →∞  4 4 4 
 n3 n3 n3
 

(b − a) (b − a)
4 8

A) B)
64 280 equal to

(b − a)
7
4 4
3 4
4
C) D) none of these A) ( 2) 3 B) ( 2) 3 −
73 3 4 3
π
7
3
17. The integral 3 3 3 3
∫
4
tan 2 x dx = ( 2) 4
C) ( 2) 3 − D)
4
7
π 4 4
4

10  x 2  dx
A) log 2 2 B) 21. ∫4  x 2 − 28x + 196 +  x 2  where [ ] denotes
   

C) 2 log 2 D) log 2 the greatest integer less than or equal to x, is

sec2 x
18. A) 6 B) 3
∫ f (t)dt
lim 2
= 1
x→
π π2 C) 7 D)
4 x − 2
3
16
π
22. ∫ [cot x ] dx Where [.] denotes the greatest
0
8 2
A) f (2) B) f (2)
π π
integer function, is equal to
2 1
C) f  D) 4f ( 2 ) A) 1 B) –1
π 2

19. The value of the integral

−π π
C) D)
π 2 2
 π + x 
2

∫  x
2
+ In    cos x dx =23. Let p(x) be a function defined on R such that
π  π − x 
p′ (=
x ) p′ (1 − x ) for all x ∈ [ 0,1] , p ( 0 ) = 1
−
2

π2
A) 0 B) −4 1
2 and p(1)=41. Then ∫ p ( x ) dx =
0

π2 π2 A) 21 B) 41
C) +4 D)
2 2 C) 42 D) 41

Work Book 145

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
2
24. The area bounded by y x 2 + 3 and
=
The value α of for which 4α ∫ e
−α x
27. dx =
5 , is
y 2x + 3 is
= −1

12 4 3 4
A) B) A) log e   B) log e  
7 3 2 3

3 8 C) log e 2 D) log e 2
C) D)
4 3
e
Im IM −2
Given I m = ∫ ( log x ) dx . If
m
28. + e,
=
7 1
k L
E)
8
then the value s of K and L are
25. Let f(x) be a differentiable function defined on
1 1
[0, 2] such th a t f ′ (=
x ) f ′ ( 2 − x ) fo r a ll A) ,
1− m m
1
B) (1 − m ) ,
m
x ∈ ( 0, 2 ) ,f ( 0 ) =
1 and . f ( 2 ) = e 2 Then the
1 m ( m − 2)
C) ,
1− m m −1
2
m
value of ∫ f ( x ) dc = D) ,m − 2
0
m −1

A) 1 − e
2 29. The area (in sq.units) of the smaller portion
2 2
enclosed between the curves x + y =4 and
2
B) 1 + e y 2 = 3x is

C) 2 (1 − e )
2 1 π 1 2π
A) + B) +
2 3 3 3 3

D) 2 (1 + e )
2
1 2π 1 4π
C) + D) +
π 2 3 3 3 3
I3
If I n = e ( sin x ) dx, then
n
∫
x
26. is equal to
0
I1
3

30. =
Let I ∫
1
3 + x 3 dx , then I will lie in the interval
3 1
A) B)
5 5 A) [ 4, 6] B) [1,3]

2
C) 1 D) C)  4, 2 30  D)  15, 30 
5
146 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
2π π
x sin 8 x dx
31. The value of ∫ is equal to 4
x dx ( n > 1) , then
∫ tan
n
0
sin 8 x + cos8 x 35. If I n
=
0

A) 2π B) 4π 1 1
A) I n + I n − 2 = B) I n + I n − 2 =
n +1 n −1
2 2
C) 2π D) π
C) I 2 + I 4 , I 4 + I6 , I6 + I8 .....are in AP
32. If <= lim
(1 2
+ 22 + 32 + ..... + n 2 )(13 + 23 + 33 + .... + n 3 )
n →∞ 16 + 26 + 36 + ..... + n 6
1 −1
D) < In <
then 12L= 2 ( n + 1) 2 ( n − 1)

2
A) 49 B) 7 sin 2 x
36. The value of the integral ∫ dx
 x  1
 π  + 2
−2
C) 14 D) None of these

33. If θ1 and θ2 be respectively the smallest and (where [x] denotes the greatest integer

the largest values of in ( 0, 2π ) − {π} which lessthan or equal to x) is

A) 4 B) 4-sin4
5
satisfy the equation 2 cot θ − + 4 = 0, 2
θ2
sin θ
then ∫ cos 3θdθ is equal to C) sin4 D) 0
2

θ1

37. The area enclosed between the curves

2π π 1 =y kx 2=
and x ky 2 , (k > 0) is 1 sq unit. Then
A) B) +
3 3 6
k is
π 1 π
C) D) + 1 2
9 3 3 A) B)
3 3
π π
sin ( 2n − 1) x
2 2
 sin nx 
2
3
34. If A n ∫= C) D) 3
=
0
sin x
dx, Bn ∫0  sin x  dx, 2

38. The area ( in sq. units) of the region

for n ∈ N, then
=R {(x, y) : 5x 2 ≤ y ≤ 2x 2 + 9} is

A) A n +1 = A n B) Bn +1 = Bn
A) 11 3 B) 12 3

C) A n +1 − A n =
Bn +1 D) Bn +1 + Bn =
A n +1
C) 9 3 D) 6 3
Work Book 147
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
3 2π

The value of the integral, ∫  x − 2x − 2  dx , ∫ sin

2 −1
39. 43. If A= (sin x)dx, then the value of
1 −π
2

where [x] denotes the greatest integer less

π2
than or equal to x, is
A

A) − 2 − 3 + 1 π
2

B) − 2 − 3 − 1
44. The value of 3 ∫
−π
cos x − cos3 xdx =
2
π
C) -5 4
x 9 − 3x 3 + 7x 3 − x + 1
45. The value of
∫
−π cos 2 x
dx is
D) -4 4

If I n = ∫ x sin x dx and I5 + 2013 =

n
40. For a ∈ R, a ≠ −1, lim 46. πk , then
n →∝
0
(Ia + 2a + 3a + ........ + n 3 )
(n + 1)a −1 ( (na + 1) + (na + 2) + ...... + (na + n) ) k=

1 47. Determine a positive integer a ≤ 5 such that

= = , then a
60 1

∫e
x
(x − 1) n dx =−
16 6e
A) 5 B) 7 0

−15 17
C) D)
2 2 48. If f(x) =

Integer type  cos x 3

e sin x, for x ≤ 2, then 4
 2 otherwise
∫2
f (x)dx =
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
41. If < =lim (I + 2 + 3 + ......... + a ) (I + 2 + 3 + .... + n )
6 6 6 6
n →∞ I + 2 + 3 + ..... + n
b
xn b
then 12L=
49. If ∫a x n + (16 − x)n dx = 6, then a is

1
42. If f(0) = 1, f(2) = 3 and f(2) = 3 then 1 3
λ
1 50. If ∫−1 (1 + x) 2 (1 − x) 2 dx =
λ , then sec6   is
2
∫ xf (2x)dx is
0

148 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. E 11. A 21. B 31. D 41. 7

2. A 12. C 22. C 32. B 42. 2

3. D 13. A 23. A 33. B 43. 8

4. D 14. A 24. B 34. A 44. 4

5. C 15. B 25. B 35. B 45. 2

6. D 16. B 26. A 36. D 46. 5

7. B 17. A 27. C 37. A 47. 3

8. E 18. A 28. B 38. B 48. 8

9. C 19. B 29. D 39. B 49. 7

10. D 20. C 30. C 40. B 50. 8

Work Book 149

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
APPLICATION OF
22 DIFFERENTIATION

QUESTIONS 4. A particle moves according to the law

S= at 2 + 2bt + c . Then the acceleration varies
1. Velocity varies as the square of the distance. as:
Then acceleration varies as the:
A) directly proportional to S3
A) distance B) inversely proportional to S2

B) square of distance C) directly proportional to S2

C) cube of distance D) inversely proportional to S3

D) cube root of distance 5. If a circular plate is heated uniformly, its area

expands 3c times as fast as its radius, then the
2. A particle is projected vertically upwards sat- value of c when the radius is 6 units, is
isfies the equation s = 60t - 16t2. The velocity
A) 4π B) 2π
with which its hits ground is :

A) 60 C) 6π D) 3π

B) 30 E) 8π

C) -60 6. The radius of a cylinder is increasing at the

rate of 5cm/min so that its volume is constant.
D) 45
When its radius is 5 cm and height is 3cm, the
3.
3 2
If s = 2t − 6t + at + 5 is the distance travelled rate of decreasing of its height is

by a particle at time t and if the velocity is –3

A) 6cm/min
when its acceleration is zero, then the value of
a is B) 3cm/min

A) –3 B) 3 C) 4 cm/min

C) 4 D) –4 D) 5cm/min

150 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
7. Water is dropped at the rate of 2m /s into a 3
12. Point on the curve y = 2x 2 − 6x − 4 at which
cone of semi-vertical angle 45°. The rate at
tangent is parallel to the x-axis
which periphery of water surface changes when
height of water in the cone is 2m, is  3 17   11 3
A)  ,  B)  , 
2 2   2 2
A) 0.5 m/s B) 2m/s
 3 −17 
C) ( 2,3 ) D)  , 
C) 3m/s D) 1 m/s 2 2 

13. The equation of tangent to the curve

8. The slope of the tangent to the curve n n
2
y = 3x − 5x + 6 at (1, 4) is x y at (a, b) is:
2
  +  =
a  b
A) –2 B) 1
A) ax - by = 2 B) ax + by = 2
C) 0 D) –1
x y x y 1
C) − =2 D) + =
E) 2 b a a b 2

9. The slope of the tangent to the curve x y

E) + =2
y 2e xy = 9e −3 x 2 at (–1, 3) is a b
1
14. The curve y = x has at (0, 0)
A) −15 B) −9
3

2 2
A) vertical tangent
C) 15 D) 15
2
B) horizontal tangent
2
x
10. The tangent to the curve y = xe passing
C) no tangent

through the point (1, e) also passes through

D) No tangent
the point

4  15. The equation of normal to the curve f(x) = x4 –

A)  , 2e  B) ( 2, 3e )
3  6x3 + 13x2 – 10x + 5 at the point (1, 3)
5 
C)  2e  D) ( 3, 6e )
3  A) x + 2y – 4 = 0

y 7x 3 + 11 at the
11. The tangents to the curve= B) 2x + y – 1 = 0

point where x = 2 and x = −2 are

C) 2x + y + 1 = 0
A) Perpendicular B) Parallel
C) Concide D) None D) x + 2y + 4 = 0

Work Book 151

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
16. The equation of tangent to the curve y = be-x/a π
20. f ( x ) = cos   is increasing in the interval
where it crosses the y - axis is: x

x y  1 1 
A) ax + by = 1 B) + =1 A)  , ,n ∈ N
a b  2n + 1 2n 

C) x + y =
1 D) ax - by = 1  1 1 
B)  , ,n ∈ R
b a  2n + 1 2n 

17. f(x) = (x –1)ex +1 is a strictly increasing function.  1 1 

C)  , ,n ∈ N
 2n + 2 2n + 1 
Then
 n
D)  n,  , n ∈ N
 2
A) x > 0 B) x ≥ 0

= (f (x))3 − 3(f (x)) 2 + 4f (x) + 5x

21. Let φ(x)
C) x < 0 D) x ≤ 0
+3sin x + 4 cos x∀x ∈ R , then

E) x ∈ R A) φ is increasing whenever f is increasing

19 3 57 34
18. f (x) = x − x+ is increasing in the B) φ is increasing whenever f is decreasing
4 4 4
C) φ is decreasing whenever f is decreasing
intervel
D) None of these
A) −∞ < x < ∞

B) x < −1 or x > 1
−1
22. If f(x) = 2x + cot x + n ( )
1 + x 2 − x , then f(x)

A) Decreases in [0, ∞)
C) x < −1 and x > 1
B) decrease in [0, ∞)
D) 0 ≤ x < ∞
C) neither increase nor decrease in [0, ∞)
D) increases in ( −∞, ∞ )
−1
19. The function 2x + cot x + n ( )
1 + x 2 − x is
strictly decreasing in the interval 23. The intervel in which f ( x ) = x − 1 + x + 1 strictly
increases
A) (2, 3)
A) ( −∞ ∞ )
B) ( −∞, 2 )
B) ( −1 ∞ )

C) ( 3, 4 )
C) (1 ∞ )

D) ( −∞,3) ∪ ( 4, ∞ ) D) ( 0 ∞ )

152 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
k.sin x + 2.cos x 29. The number of distinct real roots of the equation
24. If the function f ( x ) = is strictly
sin x + cos x x 7 − 7x − 2 =0 is

increasing for all values of x, then

A) 5 B) 7
A) K < 1 B) K > 1
C) 1 D) 3
C) K < 2 D) K > 2
30. If f '(x) = (x–4) (x–5) (x–6) (x – 7) then,
f ( x ) = ( x − 8 ) ( x − 9 ) ;0 ≤ x ≤ 10, monotonically
4 5
25.
A) f ′ ( x ) = 0 has four roots

decreases in
B) three roots of f(x) = 0 lie in (4,5) ∪ (5,6) ∪
 76   76 
A)  ,10  B)  8, 
 9   9 
(6,7)
 76 
C) [ 0,8 ) D)  ,11
 9  C) the equation f/(x) = 0 has only one real root

26. If g ( x ) = min {x, x } , where x is a real number,

2
D) three roots of f/ (x)= 0 lie in (3,4) ∪ (4,5)
then

A) g(x) is increasing ∪ (5,6)

B) g(x) is decreasing 31. Let S1 and S2 be the local minimum and local
maximum points of
C) g(x) is a constant

D) g(x) is continuous except at x = 0 f ( x ) =9x 4 + 12x 3 − 36x 2 + 25, x ∈ R then

27. The length of the longest interval, in which the {−2,1} and S2 =
A) S1 = {0}
3
function 3sin x − 4sin x is increasing, is {−2, 0} and S2 =
B) S1 = {1}
π π
A) B) {−2} and S2 =
C) S1 = {0, 2}
3 2
3π
C) D) π
2
D) None of these
28. Consider the polynomial f ( x ) =+
1 2x + 3x 2 + 4x 3
. Let ‘s’ be the sum of all distinct real roots of 32. The maximum volume of a right circular cone
f(x). Then ‘s’ lies in the interval having slant height 3 m is
 −1   −3 
A)  ,0  B)  −11,  A) 3 2 π B) 2 3 π
 4   4 
 −3 −1   1
C)  ,  D)  0, 
 4 2   4 C) 4 3 π D) 3π

Work Book 153

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

33. The local Maximum value of f ( x ) = 3( x ) 38. The function

2
2
−2 + 8 satisfies all
is
the conditions of Rolle’s Theorem on .
A) 38 B) 312 The value of c which verifies Rolle’s Theorem,
is
C) 3100 D) ∞

( 3sin (10x + 11) − 7 ) for x ∈ R A) 0 B) –1

2
f (x)
34. Let =
2

−3
C) –2 D)
Then the maximum value of the function f, is 2

( x ) e x ; x ∈ [0,1] , then a number ‘c’ of the

39. Let f =
A) 9 B) 16
lagrange’s mean value theorem is
C) 49 D) 100
x
A) log e (e − 1) B) log e (e + 1)
∫ t(e
t
35. f (x) = − 1)(t − 1)(t − 2)3 (t − 5)5 dt the values
−1

C) log e e D) none of these

of ‘x’ at which f(x) is minimum

40. A spherical chocolate ball has a layer of ice

A) 1, 5 B) 2, 3
cream of uniform thickness of the ice cream
C) 0, 2 D) 0, 3 layer is 1 cm, the ice cream melts at the rate
1
of cm/min. The surface area of the choc-
36. f(x) = Max {sinx, cosx} where 0 ≤ x ≤ 2π . Then 4π

olate ball (without ice cream layer) is

which of the following is / are not true

π A) 196 π B) 256 π
A) f(x) has local maximum at x =
2
C) 225 π D) 128 π
π
B) f(x) has local minimum at x =
4
π Numerical Type
C) f(x) is not differentiable at x =
4
π 41. If x + y = 12, then the minimum value of x2 + y2
D) f(x) has local maximum at x =
4 is:

37. f ( x ) =x 3 − 5x 2 − 3x . The value of 'c ' in the

42. α and β are the roots of the equation
mean value thereom in interval [1, 3] is

7 x 2 − ( a − 2 ) x − ( a + 1) =
0 . Then the minimum
A) 1 B) −
3
7
C) D) Both 1 and 3 2 2
value of α + β is
3
154 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
43. If the set of all values of a, for which the f ( x ) is a cubic polynomial having ex-
47.
equation 5x -15x - a = 0 has three distinct real
3
treme values= at x 1=and x 3 . Given
roots , the interval (α, β) then β − 2α is equal f (1) 6=
= f ( 3) 2.
to
Then f ( 0 ) =
1

44. The Maximum value of f (=

x ) 2x 3 − 15x 2
48. In a cube the percentage increase in side is 2.
+36x − 48 in the Domain 4 ≤ x ≤ 5 is Then the percentage increase in volume is

49. Let a function g : [ 0, 4] → R be defined as

x
f ( x )= ∫ e ( t − 2 )( t − 3) dt has a local Maxi-
2
t
45.
0 max ( t 3 − 6t 2 + 9t − 3) ;0 ≤ x ≤ 3
g ( x ) =  0≤ t ≤ x
mum at and Local minimum at  4−x ;3 < x ≤ 4
then the number of points in the interval (0,4)
b
=x b=
Then where g(x) is not differentiable, is
a

50. A 10 foot ladder leans against a wall. The base

46. x and y are real numbers, m and n are positive
of the ladder slides horizontally away from the
integers. Then the maximum value of the
wall at 2 feet per second. As a result, the top
expression x m yn is of the ladder moves down the wall. At what rate
(1 + x 2m )(1 + y2n ) is the top of the ladder sliding down the wall
when the base is 8 feet from the wall?

Work Book 155

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. B 21. A 31. A 41. 72

2. C 12. D 22. D 32. B 42. 5

3. B 13. E 23. C 33. B 43. 30

4. D 14. A 24. D 34. C 44. 7.00

5. A 15. D 25. B 35. A 45. 1.50

6. A 16. B 26. A 36. D 46. 0.25

7. D 17. A 27. A 37. C 47. 9.00

8. B 18. B 28. C 38. C 48. 6

9. C 19. A 29. D 39. A 49. 1

10. A 20. A 30. B 40. B 50. 2.67

156 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
23

QUESTIONS 3. The differential equation representing the fam-

cx
ily of curves y = xe (c is a constant) is
1. Find the order & degree of the following
dy y y
differential equations
A) = 1 − log 
dx x x
1/4
d 2 y   dy  
6

= y +    dy y y
dx 2   dx   =
B) log   + 1
dx x x

A) (2,4) dy y y
C) = 1 + log 
dx x x

B) (2,6)
dy y y
D) + 1 = log  
dx x x
C) (6,2)

D) (4,2) 4. The differential equation of all circles passing through

the origin and having their centres on the x-axis is

2. The differential equation representing the fam-
2 dy
A) x= y 2 + xy
( )
ily of curves y = 2c x + c ,where c > 0, is a
2
dx

parameter is of order and degree as follows

2 dy
B) x= y 2 + 3xy
A) order 2, degree 2 dx

B) order 1, degree 3 2 dy
C) y= x 2 + 2xy
dx
C) order 1, degree 1
2 dy
D) y= x 2 − 2xy
D) order 1, degree 2 dx

Work Book 157

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
dy 9. The solution of the differential equation
5. If ( 2 + sin x ) + ( y + 1) cos x =
0 and y ( 0 ) = 1 ,
dx dy ysec x tan x , where π
+ = 0 ≤ x < , and y(0) =
dx 2 2y 2
π
then y   is equal to
2
1 is given by
1 −2
A) B) x
3 3 A) y = 1 −
sec x + tan x
−1 4 x
C) D) 2
B) y = 1 +
3 3 sec x + tan x
6. An integrating factor of the D.E 2 x
C) y = 1 −
1
sec x + tan x
dy − log x
x. xe x .x 2
+ y log x = x
dx D) y = 1 +
sec x + tan x

( x)
log x
log x
A) x B) 10. Le I be the purchase value of an equipment

1 and V(t) be the value after it has been used for

C) ( e ) 2
log x x 2
D) e
t years. The value V(t) depreciates at a rate

7. If a curve y = f ( x ) passes through the point given by differential equation dV ( t ) =

−k ( T − t )
dt

(1,–1) and satisfies the differential equaiton , where k > 0 is a constant and T is the total life
1
y(1+xy)dx= xdy, then f  −  is equal to
 2 in years of the equipment. Then the scrap val-
ue V(T) of the equipment is
−2 −4
A) B) k (T − t )
2
5 5 kT 2
A) I − B) 1 −
2 2
2 4
C) D)
5 5 − kT 2 1
C) e D) T −
8. The solution of the differential equation k
ydx + (x + x 2y)dy = 0 is 11. The population p(t) at time ‘t’ of a certain mouse
1 species satisfies the differential equation
A) + log y =
c
xy dp(t) 1
= p(t) − 450 . If p(0) = 850, then the
dt 2
1
B) - + log y =
c
xy time at which population become zero is

1 A) 2n (18 ) B) n ( 9 )
C) – =c
xy
1
C) n (18 ) D) n (18 )
D) logy = cx 2
158 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

12. A curve passes through 1, π  . Let the slope dy

  16. =
If sin ( 2x ) − y tan x and y(0) = 1 then
 6 dx

of the curve at each point (x,y) be y ( π ) is

y y . Then Equation of the
  + sec   , x > 0
x x A) 1 B) –1

curve is C) 5 D) –5
y 1
17. The general solution of
A) sin = log x +
x 2
3

y ydx − xdy − 3x 2 y 2 e x .dx =

0 is
B) cos ec = log x + 2
x x
x 3 yx 3
A) = e + c B) = e + c
 2y  y x
C) sec  = log x + 2
 x  = ex + c
C) xy
3
= ex + c
D) xy
 2y  1
D) cos  = log x + 18. The integrating factor of
 x  2
dy y
+ 1 − x is
=
13. The solution of the differential equation dx (1 − x ) x
2
 dy  dy is
x   + 2 xy +y=0 1+ x
 dx  dx A) 1 − x B)
1+ x 1− x
A) x + y =a B) x− y=a
1+ x 1− x
2 2 2 C) D)
C) x + y =
a D) x+ y=a 1− x 1+ x

14. If y(x) is the solution of the equation 19. The solution of the differential equation
dy dy
( x + 2 ) = x 2 + 4x − 9, x ≠ 2 and y(0) = 0 then x −y is
dx dx 2
= 10x
y ( −4 ) is x 2 − y2

A) 0 B) 2 −1 y 2
A) sin   − 5x =c
x
 
C) 1 D) –1
−1 y
2
B) sin = 10x + c
15. If y(x) is the solution of the equation x
dy
( x log x )=+y 2x log x ( x ≥ 1) Then y(e) is
dx y
C) = 5x 2 + c
x
A) 2 B) 2e
−1 y
D) sin  =c
C) e D) 0 x

Work Book 159

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
20. The general solution of the equaiton f : [ 0, 2] → R is a differentiable function and
23.
dy
( x + y + 3) = 1 is x2
dx
f(0) = 1. F ( x ) = ∫ f ( t ) dt . Also F′ ( x ) = f ′ ( x )
0
A) x + y + 3 =ce y
then F(2) =
y
B) x + y + 4 =ce
A) e4 B) e4–1
−y
C) x + y + 3 =ce
1
C) 1-e4 D)
D) x + y + 4 =ce − y e4

21. If the general solution of the differential equa- 24. Statement I: The slope of the tangent at
tion y /= y + φ  x  , for some function φ , is any point P on a parabola
 
x y
whose axis is the X-axis
and vertex at origin is
given by yn cx = x , where c is an arbitrary
inversely propotional to the
ordinate of the point P
constant, then φ(2) is equal to
Statement II: The system of parabolas y2 =
1
A) B) –4 4ax satisfies the differential
4
1 equation of first order and
C) 4 D) −
4 first degree
22. Consider the Differential equation
A) Both statements are false
dy y3
=
dx 2 ( xy 2 − x 2 ) B) I is true and II is false

Statement I: The substitution y2 = z C) I is false and II is true

transforms the above
equation into a first order
homogenous differential D) Both are true
equation
25. Let a solution y = y(x) of the differential equation
Statement II: Solution of the differential 2
equation is
− y2 0 satisfy y(2) =
x x 2 − 1dy − y y 2 − 1dx =
2
ye x
=c 3
A) Both statements are false  −1 π
Statement I: y(x) = sec  sec x − 
 6
B) I is true and II is false

Statement II: y(x) is given by

C) I is false and II is true
1 2 3 1
D) Both are true = − 1− 2
y x x
160 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
A) Statement - I is True, Statement - 2 is true; 28. If y = y(x) is the solution of the differential equa-

Statement - 2 is a correct explanation for state- tion, e y  dy − 1 = x such that y(0) = 0, then
 dx  e
 
ment -1
y(1) is equal to
B) Statemet - 1 is True, Statement - 2 is True;
A) 2 + loge 2 B) 2e
Statement - 2 is NOT a correct explanation for

Statement -1 C) loge 2 D) 1 + loge 2

 7
C) Statement - 1 is True, Statement - 2 is False 29. If curve passes through the point  2,  and
 2
D) Statement - I is False, Statement - 2 is True  1 
has slope 1 −  at any point (x, y) on it, then
 x2 
26. The differrential equation of the family of
the ordinate of the point on the curve whose
curves, x = 4b ( y + b ) , b ∈ R , is
2

abscissa is –2 is
A) x ( y′ ) = x + 2yy′
2
3 3
A) − B)
2 2
B) x ( y=
′ ) 2yy′ − x
2
5 5
C) D) −
2 2
C) xy′′ = y′
30. The order and degree of the differential equation
3 1
D) x ( y′ ) = x − 2yy′
2
  dy  2  4  d 2 y  3 is
1+ =
  dx    dx 2 
 
27. The solution of the differential equation
A) (2, 4) B) (2, 3)
dy y + 3x
− +3=0 is (where C is a con-
dx log e ( y + 3x ) C) (6, 4) D) (6, 9)

stant of integration) E) (2, 12)

1
( log e ( y + 3x ) ) =
2
A) x − C 31. T h e order and degree of the
2
3
d2 y  dy  2
D.E y + 2 =+x  
B) x − log e ( y + 3x ) =
C dx  dx 

1 A) (2, 2) B) (2, 1)
( log e x ) =
2
C) y + 3x − C
2
C) (1, 2) D) (2, 3)
D) x − 2log e ( y + 3x ) =
C
E) (3, 2)
Work Book 161
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
32. The degree and order of the differential equa- 35. The slope of a curve at any point (x, y) on it is

px 3 a 2 p 2 + b 2 , where p = dy , are x . The equation of the curve if it passes

tion y =+
2
dx x +1
respectively

A) 3,1 B) 1,3 (
through 2 2, 4 )
y
A) = x2 +1 +1 y
B) = x2 +1 −1
C) 1,1 D) 3,3

y 2 x2 +1 +1
C)= y 2 x2 +1 − 2
D)=
E) 3,2

2
33. The family of curves y = e
a sin x
, where a is an E) 1 − 2 x + 1 =y

36. If y = y ( x ) is the solution of the differential

arbitary constant, is represented by the differ-
dy π
ential equation equation + ( tan x=
) y sin x,0 ≤ x ≤ , with
dx 3
dy
A) log y = tan x π
dx y ( 0 ) = 0, then y   equal to
4
dy
B) y log y = tan x
dx
dy A) 1 log e 2
C) y log y = sin x 4
dx
dy  1 
D) log y = cos x
dx B)   log e 2
2 2
dy
E) y log y = cos x
dx
C) log e 2
34. If xy =Asinx + Bcos x is the solution of the dif-
1
2
ferential equation x d y − 5a dy + xy = D) log e 2
2
0 then 2
dx dx
37. Let y = y(x) be the solution curve of the differen-
dy
the value of a is equal to 2
(
tial equation, y − x
dx
)
=1 , satisfying y(0) = 1.

2 5
A) B)
5 2 This curve intersects the X-axis at a point whose
abscissa is
−2 −5
C) D)
5 2 A) 2+e B) 2
1
E)
2 C) 2–e D) –e
162 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
38. If f(x) is a differentiable function in the interval Integer type questions

( 0,∞ ) such that f (1) = 1 and lim t f ( x ) − x f ( t ) = 1

2 2

t →x t−x 41. The solution of the differential equation

3
for each x > 0 , then f   is equal to y dx − ( x + 2y 2 ) dy =
0 is x = f ( y ) . If f ( −1) =
1,
2
13 23
A) B)
6 18
then f(1) is equal to
31
C) 25 D)
18
9 42. The degree of the DE
39. Let y=y(x) be a solution of the differential equaiton,
dy 1 3,
+ 1 − y 2 = 0, x < 1, if y   =
2 3
1 − x2  dy  1  dy  1  dy  is
dx 2 2 x=
1 +   +   +   + ....
 dx  2!  dx  3!  dx 
 −1 
then y   is equal to
 2 dy
43. If = y + 3 > 0 and y(0) = 2, then y ( n2 ) is
dx
3 1
A) − B)
2 2
equal to
3 1
C) D) −
2 2
44. If c1, c2, c3, c4, c5 and c6 are constants, then the

dy xy order of the differential equation whose general

=
40. If = ; y(1) 1 ; then a value of x sat-
dx x + y 2
2

solution is given by y = c1cos(x + c2) + c3 sin(x +

isfying y(x) = e is c4) + c5ex+c6 is

e
A) 2e B)
2 45. The degree of the differential equation
x2
y 2 + sin y1 =
is
C) D)

Work Book 163

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. A 21. D 31. A 41. 3

2. B 12. A 22. D 32. A 42. 1

3. C 13. D 23. B 33. B 43. 7

4. C 14. A 24. D 34. C 44. 3

5. A 15. A 25. C 35. A 45. 1

6. B 16. D 26. A 36. B

7. D 17. A 27. A 37. C

8. B 18. C 28. D 38. D

9. C 19. A 29. A 39. B

10. A 20. B 30. A 40. D

164 MATHEMATICS
 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
VECTORS
24

If 4iˆ + 7ˆj + 8k,

1. ˆ 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ and 2iˆ + 5jˆ + 7kˆ are 4. Let A ( 3,0, −1) ,B ( 2,10,6 ) and C(1,2,1) be the
the position vectors of the vertices A, B, C of vertices of a triangle and M be the midpoint of
a triangle ABC respectively, then the position
AC. If G divides BM in the ratio, 2:1, then
vector of the point where the bisector of angle
cos ( ∠GOA ) (O being the origin) is equal to :
A meets BC is:
1 1
 6 13 18   6 −13 −18  A) B)
A)  , ,  B)  , ,  30 6 10
3 3 3  3 3 3 

 12 26 36   12 −25 36  1 1
C)  , ,  D)  , ,  C) D)
 3 3 3   3 3 3  15 2 15

 6 13 18 
E)  , , 
3 3 3   
5. If projection of c on b is equal to projection of
2. If D, E, F are the midpoints of the sides BC, CA     
c on a such that a = 2 , b = 1 , c = 3 and
and AB of a ∆ABC and G is the centroid of the
  
triangle, then GD + GE + GF =
   
 a.b = 1 , then a − 2b − c =
A) 0 B) 2AB

  A) 3 B) 10
C) 2GA D) 3GC

3. Let I be the incentre of ∆ABC , then C) 12 D) 13

     
AB IC + BC IA + CA IB =
 
    6. If p and q are non collinear unit vectors and
AB + BC + CA
A) 0 B)      
3 ( )(
p + q =3 then 2p − 3q . 3p + q = )
∧ ∧ ∧

C) AB+ BC+ CA
∧
D) AB+ BC+ CA
∧ ∧
1
A) 0 B)
3 3
   1 −1
E) AB + BC − CA C) − D)
3 2
Work Book 165
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
         11. Forces of magnitudes 3 and 4 units acting along
7. If a, b,c,a + b, b + c and a + b + c are unit vectors
6iˆ + 2ˆj + 3kˆ and 3iˆ − 2ˆj + 6kˆ respectively act on
then:
a particle and displaces it from (2, 2, –1) to (4,
 
A) a + c is a unit vector 3, 1) then the work done is

  124 125
A) units B) units
B) a + c =3 7 7
  120 121
C) a + c =
2 C) units D) units
7 7
  
  12. If a, b, c are the position vectors of of
D) a + c =2    
(a − c) × b − a ( )
   a ∆ABC respectively, then     is
8. If a = 2iˆ − 3jˆ + k,
ˆ b = −ˆi + kˆ and c = 2ˆj − kˆ then the ( c − a ). b − a ( )
area of the parallelogram in sq. units having
   
diagonals a + b and b + c is: A) cot A B) tan A

21 C) -tan C D) tan C
A) 21 B)
2
 ˆ ˆ
13. If a =+
i j, b = 2iˆ − kˆ then the point of intersection
1        
C) 34 D) 34 of the lines r × a = b × a and r × b = a × b is :
2
 
9. Let a = ˆi + 2ˆj + 4k,
ˆ b = ˆi + λˆj + 4kˆ and
A) −ˆi + ˆj + kˆ B) 3iˆ − ˆj + kˆ

c = 2iˆ + 4ˆj + ( λ 2 − 1) kˆ be coplanar vectors.
C) 3iˆ + ˆj − kˆ D) ˆi − ˆj + kˆ

     
Then the non-zero vector a × c is 14. If the projection of a on b is a × b and
  
if 3 b = ˆi + ˆj + kˆ then angle between a and b is
A) −14iˆ − 5jˆ B) −10iˆ − 5jˆ
π π
A) B)
3 2
C) −10iˆ + 5jˆ D) −14iˆ + 5jˆ π π
C) D)
      4 6
10. If a × b= c, b × c= a then  
15. Let a =3iˆ + 2ˆj + 2kˆ and b =ˆi + 2ˆj − 2kˆ be two
  
a 1,=
A)= b c vectors. If a vector perpendicular to both the
   
vectors a + b and a − b has the magnitude 12
 
B) a = c then one such vector is
  
b 2,=
C)= c 2a (
A) 4 2iˆ + 2ˆj − kˆ ) (
B) 4 −2iˆ − 2ˆj + kˆ )
  
b 1,=
D) = c a (
C) 4 2iˆ − 2ˆj − kˆ ) (
D) 4 2iˆ + 2ˆj + kˆ )
166 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
             
16. If a=
+ b p and a=
− b q then: 20. If u = 5a + 6b + 7c and v = 7a − 8b + 9c and ,

2 2 2 2  
A) a + b = p + q     
w =3a + 20b + 5c where a, b, c are non zero
2 2 2 2
B) a − b = p − q   
u v + mw then ( , m ) =
vectors and if =
(
2 2 2 2
C) 2 a + b =p + q ) 1 1
A)  , − 
1 1
B)  , 
2 2 2 2
2( a + b ) =p
 2   2 2 2
D) −q 1 1  1 1
C)  ,  D)  − , 
       3 3  2 5
17. I f a + b + c= 0, a= 3, b= 5, c= 7, t h e n t h e

   
 21. Let a, b and c be three non-zero vectors such
angle between a and b is:

A) π / 6 B) 2π / 3 that no two of them are collinear and

    
( a × b ) × c =13 b c a . If θ is the angle between
C) 5π / 3 D) π / 3  
vectors b and c , then a value of sin θ is
  
18. If a, b, c are three vectors such that each is
2 −2 3
A) B)
3 3
inclined at an angle π / 3 with the other two and 2 2 − 2
C) D)
 3 3
 
a 1,=
= b 2,=
c 3, then the scalar product of
22. If A(1, 2, 4) and B(2, –3 λ , –3) are the initial

      and terminal points of the vector ˆi + 5jˆ + −7kˆ ,

the vectors 2a + 3b − 5c and 4a − 6b + 10c is then λ is equal to
equal to:
A) −7 3 B) 7 3
A) -334 B) 188
C) -522 D) -514 C) −5 3 D) 5 3
    
19. If a, b and c are unit vectors satisfying 23. Let a and b be two unit vectors such that

       
   
0, then the angle between the
a− 3b+ c = (
a + b = 3, if c = a + 2b + 3 a × b , then 2 c )
 
vectors a and c is is equal to
π π
A) B) A) 55 B) 37
4 3
π π
C) D) C) 51 D) 43
6 2
Work Book 167
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
24. The edges of a parallelopiped are of unit length      
28. Let α = ( λ − 2 ) a + b and β = ( 4λ − 2 ) a + 3b be
and are parallel to non-coplanar unit vectors
ˆ cˆ such that a.b 1 . Then the  
ˆ b,
a, ˆ=ˆ b.c
ˆ=ˆ c.a
ˆ=ˆ two given vectors where vectors a and b are
2
volume of the parallelopiped is non-collinear. The value of λ for which vectors

1 1  
A) B) α and β are collinear, is
2 2 2
3 1
C) D) A) –3 B) 4
2 3
C) 3 D) –4

  
ˆ b = ˆi − ˆj + kˆ and c = ˆi − ˆj − kˆ
25. Let a = ˆi + ˆj + k, 29. For any vector a , the value of
 2  2  2
  a × ˆi + a × ˆj + a × kˆ is equal to
be three vectors. A vector ν in the plane a of
2 2
  1 A) 4 a B) 2 a
and b , whose projection on c is , is given
3
by 2 2
C) a D) 3 a
A) ˆi − 3jˆ + 3kˆ B) −3iˆ − 3jˆ − kˆ      
30. Let u, v, w be such t hat =
u 1,=
v 2, w = 3.
C) 3iˆ − ˆj + 3kˆ D) ˆi + 3jˆ − 3kˆ
 
  If the projection of v along u is equal to that
26. If a and b are unit vectors such that
   
    1   of w along u and v and w are perpendicular
a, b,a × b  =then the angle between a and b
  4
is:   
to each other then u − v + w is equal to
π π
A) B)
2 4 A) 14 B) 17
π π
C) D) C) 2 D) 14
6 12
27. The number of distinct real values of λ , for  
31. Let a = ˆi + ˆj + k,
ˆ b = ˆi − ˆj + 2kˆ and

 
which the vectors −λ ˆi + ˆj + k,
2 ˆ ˆi − λ 2 ˆj + kˆ and c = xiˆ + ( x − 2 ) ˆj − kˆ . If the vector c lies in the

ˆi + ˆj − λ 2 kˆ are coplanar, is   
plane of a and b then x is equal to

A) zero B) one A) –4 B) –2

C) two D) three C) 0 D) 1
168 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
           
32. Let a = 2iˆ + ˆj − 2k,
ˆ b = ˆi + ˆj , and c be a vector 36. ( ) ( )
a × b × c =a × b × c ; where a, b and c be

      
( )
such that c − a= 3, a × b × c= 3 and angle any three vectors such that a.b ≠ 0 b.c ≠ 0 then
 
a and c are
 
between c and ( a × b ) is 30°, then a.c is equal A) inclined at angle π /6

B) perpendicular
to

25 C) parallel
A) B) 2
8
D) inclined at an angle π 3
1
C) 5 D)
8 37. A tetrahedron OABC has vertices at O (0,0,0) A
   (1,2,1) B (2,1,3) and C (–1,1,2). Then the angle
33. If a, b, c are non coplanar and
between the faces OAB and ABC will be
        
λ a, b, c  then λ =
[2a − b, 2b − c, 2c − a] =
−1  19  −1  17 
A) cos   B) cos  
 35   31 
A) 7 B) 7/2
C) 30° D) 90°
C) –7/2 D) –7
38. If the position vector of the centroid of ∆ABC
34. Let O be the origin and let PQR be an arbitrary
triagnle. The point S is such that is 2iˆ + 4ˆj + 2kˆ and the position vector of A is
           
QP.OQ + OR.OS = OR.OP + OQ.OS = OQ.OR + OP.OS
2iˆ + 6ˆj + 4kˆ then the mid point of BC is

Then the triangle PQR has S as its

A) ( 2,3,1) B) ( 2,3,-1)

A) Centroid B) Orthocentre
C) ( 2,-3,-1) D) ( -2,-3,-1)
C) incentre D) Circumcentre
 39. Vector of length 3 unit which is perpendicular
( ) ( ) ( )
35. For any vector a, ˆi × a × ˆi + ˆj × a × ˆj + kˆ × a × kˆ is
to ˆi + ˆj + kˆ and lies in the plane of ˆi + ˆj + kˆ and

A) 2a
 2iˆ − 3jˆ is
B) −2a 3 ˆ ˆ ˆ 3 ˆ ˆ ˆ

A)
6
(
i − 2j+ k ) B)
6
(
2i − j − k )
C) a
3
 C)
114
(
7iˆ − 8jˆ − kˆ ) D) 3
114
(
−7iˆ + 8jˆ − kˆ )
D) −a
Work Book 169
 B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
40. In a triangle ABC, right angled at the vertex A, 45. The area of the parallelogram with adjacent
if the position vector of A,B and C are respec-  
sides determined by the vectors a and b is 30.
tively 3iˆ + ˆj − k,
ˆ −ˆi + 3jˆ + pkˆ and 5iˆ + qjˆ − 4k,
ˆ
then the point (p, q) lies on a line. Then the area of the parallelogram with adjacent
  
A) Making an obtuse angle with the positive
sides ( a + b ) and a is
direction of X axis
46. The volume of the parallelopiped determined
B) Pallel to X-axis   
by vectors a, b, c is 2. Then the volume of the
C) Parallel to Y-axis
parallelopiped determined by the vectors
D) Making an acute angle with the positive
     
direction of X-axis
( a × b ) , ( 3b × c ) , ( c × a ) is
Numerical type  
47. L e t PR = 3iˆ + ˆj − 2kˆ a n d SQ =ˆi − 3jˆ − 4kˆ
 
41. If a and b are vectors in space given by
determine the diagonals of paralellogram PQRS

 ˆi − 2ˆj  2iˆ + ˆj + 3kˆ and PT =ˆi + 2ˆj + 3kˆ be another vector then
a= and b = , then the value
5 14   
volume of parallelopiped with vector PT, PQ, PS
     
(  ) ( ) (
of 2a + b .  a × b × a − 2b  is
 )    
   48. If a and b are vectors such that a + b =29
42. Let a, b, c be three non coplanar vectors and
 
 
p, q, r are vectors defined by (
and a × 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ = ) ( 2iˆ + 3jˆ + 4kˆ ) × b . Then
     
 b×c  c×a  a × b
=p =    ,q =    ,r    then the  
a b c 
 
a b c 
 
a b c 
  ( a + b ) .( −7iˆ + 2ˆj + 3kˆ ) is
           
( ) ( ) (
value of a + b .p + b + c .q + c + a .r is ) 49. Let the non zero vectors a, b, c such that
  
43. If a, b, c are three non coplanar unit vectors         
such that the angle between every pair of them
      
( )( )
a.b = 0 and b − a . b + c = 0, 2 b + c = b − a
is π . If a × b + b × c = pa + qb + rc where p,q,r
3   
p 2 + 2q 2 + r 2 If a =µ b + 4c then value of µ > 0 is
are scalars then the value of =
q2   
44. In R if the magnitude of the projection vector
2 50. If a, b, c are unit vectors then maximum value

of the vector αˆi + βˆj on 3iˆ + ˆj is 3 and

 2  2  2
of a − b + b − c + c − a is
α = 2 + 3 β and β ≠ 0 then α is

170 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. A 11. A 21. C 31. B 41. 5

2. A 12. B 22. A 32. B 42. 3

3. A 13. C 23. A 33. A 43. 4

4. C 14. A 24. A 34. B 44. 1

5. D 15. C 25. C 35. A 45. 30

6. D 16. C 26. C 36. C 46. 12

7. D 17. D 27. C 37. A 47. 10

8. B 18. A 28. D 38. A 48. 4

9. C 19. B 29. B 39. D 49. 5

10. D 20. B 30. A 40. D 50. 9

Work Book 171

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
25

4. The line passing through the points (5,1,a)

1. Three lines with DRs 1,1, 2 ,
and (3,b,1) crosses the yz - plane at the point
3 − 1, − 3 − 1, 4 and − 3 − 1, 3 − 1, 4
 17 −13  . Then,
 0, , 
enclose a triangle which is  2 2 

A) right angled A) a = 2, b = 8

B) isosceles B) a = 4, b = 6
C) equilateral
C) a = 6, b = 4
D) right angled and isosceles
D) a = 8, b = 2
2. Let P,Q,R and S be the points on the plane
5. A line AB in three - dimensional space makes
with position vectors −2iˆ − ˆj, 4i,3i
ˆ ˆ + 3jˆ and
−3iˆ + 2ˆj respectively. The quadrilateral angles 450 and 1200 with the positive x - axis
PQRS must be a and the positive y - axis respectively. If AB
makes an acute angle with the positive z -
A) parallelogram, which is neither a rhombus axis, then equal
nor a rectangle
B) square A) 450 B) 600

C) rectangle, but not a square C) 750 D) 300

D) rhombus, but not a square 6. The foot of the perpendicular from (3, –1, 11)
π to the line joining (0, 2, 3) and (4, 8, 11) is:
3. If a line makes an angle of with the positive
4
A) (2, –5, 7)
directions of each of x - axis & y - axis then
the angle that the line makes with the positive B) –2, 5, 7)
direction of the z - axis is
π π C) (2, 5, –7)
A) B)
6 3
D) (2, 5, 7)
π π
C) D)
4 2 E) (–2, –5, –7)
172 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
2x − 1 3 − y z − 1 10. The coplanar points A,B,C,D are (2–x,2,2),
7. If the lines = = and
2 1 3 (2,2 – y,2), (2,2,2–z) and (1,1,1) respectively,
then
x + 3 z +1 y + 2
= = are perpendicular to each 1 1 1
2 p 5 A) + + =1
x y z

other, then p is equal to

B) x + y + z = 1
A) 1 B) 17 1 1 1
C) + + 1
=
7 1− x 1− y 1− z
C) 10 D) −
5
1 1 1
D) − − =1
x y z
E) –19

8. The S.D. between the lines 11. A line passes through a point A with position
vector 3iˆ + ˆj − kˆ and is parallel to the vector
( 3 i + 6 j ) + S ( −4 i + 3 j + 2k ) and
r =− 2iˆ − ˆj + 2kˆ . If P is a point on this line such that
AP = 15 units, then the position vector of the
( ) (
r = −2i + 7k + t −4i + j + k is ) point P is /are

A) 7 units B) 13 units A) 13iˆ + 4ˆj − 9kˆ B) 13iˆ − 4ˆj + 9kˆ

C) 8 units D) 9 units C) 7iˆ − 6ˆj + 11kˆ D) 7iˆ + 6ˆj + 11kˆ

12. The angle between the straight lines

E) 11 units
2y + 3 z + 5 and x = 3r + 2; y = – 2r
x=
−1 =
3 2
9. The S.D. between the lines
–1; z = 2, where r is a parameter, is
r= ( i + 2 j + k ) + λ ( 2 i + j + 2k ) A)
π
4
and r = 2 i − j − k + µ ( 2 i + j + 2k ) is B) cos–1  −3 
 
 182 
101
A) 0 unit B) units
3 −1  −3 
C) sin  
 182 
3 101
C) units D) units
101 3 π
D)
2
3
E) units E) 0
101
Work Book 173
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
13. Match the following set of lines to the 15. The point of intersection of the lines
corresponding type r = 7 i + 10 j + 13k + S(2 i + 3 j + 4k) and

r = 3 i + 5 j + 7k + t( i + 2 j + 3k) is
x −1 y − 2 z−3
= = &
1 2 3 parallel but
A) p) A) i + j + k B) 2 i − j + 4k
x −1 y − 2 z−3 not coincident
= =
2 2 −2
x −1 y − 2 z−3 C) i − j + k D) i − j − k
= = &
1 2 3
B) q) Intersecting
x −5 y−2 z−3
= =
1 2 3 E) i + j − k
x −1 y − 2 z−3
= = &
2 2 −2 16. The ratio in which the plane y – 1 = 0 divides
C) r) skew lines
x −3 y−4 z −1
= = the straight line joining (1,–1,3) and (–2,5,4)
−1 −1 1
x −1 y − 2 z−3 is
= = &
2 2 3
D) s) coincident
x y +1 z A) 1:2 B) 3:1
= =
2 3 1 C) 5:2 D) 1:3
E) 3:2
A) A → q, B → p, C → s, D → r
17. The acute angle between the lines whose
B) A → r, B → s, C → p, D → q d.c’s are given by l + m - n = 0, i2 + m2 – n2 =
0 is
C) A → p, B → r, C → q, D → s
π
A) 0 B)
D) A → s, B → r, C → q, D → p 6
π π
x y z x −1 y − 2 z − 3 C) D)
14. If the lines = = , = = 4 3
1 2 3 3 −1 4
−1 1
E) cos  
x + k y −1 z − 2 3
and = = are concurrent then
3 2 h
 
A) h = −2, k =
−6 18. Let a = ˆi + ˆj and b= 2iˆ − kˆ . The point of
   
1 intersection of the lines r × a = b × a and
B)=h =,k 2    
2 r × b = a × b is

h 6,=
C)= k 2
A) −ˆi + ˆj + 2kˆ B) 3iˆ − ˆj + kˆ
1
D) h=2,k =
2 C) 3iˆ − ˆj + kˆ D) ˆi − ˆj − kˆ
174 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026

19. The distance of the point (1,3, −7 ) from the x −1 y − 3 z − 4

= =
23. The image of the line in
plane passing through the point (1, −1, −1)
3 1 −5

having normal ⊥γ to the lines the plane 2x –y+z+3 = 0 is the line

x −3 y+5 z−2
x −1 y + 2 z − 4 x − 2 y +1 z − 7 A) = =
= = and = = 3 1 −5
1 −2 3 2 −1 −1 x −3 y+5 z−2
B) = =
−3 −1 5
is x +3 y−5 z−2
C) = =
3 1 −5
20 10 x +3 y−5 z+2
A) B) D) = =
74 83 −3 −1 5
5 10 24. The shortest distance between the lines
C) D)
83 74 x −3 y −8 z −3 x +3 y+7 z−6
= = and = =
3 −1 1 −3 2 4
x −1 y +1 z
20. If the straight lines = = and
2 k 2 is
x +1 y +1 z
= = are coplanar, then the plane(s)
5 2 k 7
A) 30
2
containing these two lines is (are) B) 3 30

A) y + 2z = –1 B) y + z = –1 C) 3

C) y + z = –2 D) y – 2z = –1 D) 2 30

21. The angle between the lines with DCS satisfy 25. The mirror image of the point (1,2,3) in a plane
2 is  − 7 , − 4 , − 1  . Which of the following points
+m+n =0 and = m 2 + n 2 is  
 3 3 3
π π lies on this plane?
A) B)
3 4
A) ( −1, −1, −1) B) ( −1, −1,1)
π π
C) D)
6 2
x − 2 y +1 z −1 C) (1,1,1) D) (1, −1,1)
22. The line = = intersects the
3 2 −1
26. The projection of the line segment joining
curve=
2
xy c= , z 0,if=
C the points(1,–1,3) and (2,–4,11) on the line
joining the points (–1,2,3) and (3,–2,10) is.....
1
A) ±1 B) ±
3 A) 64 B) 81

C) ± 5 D) ± 7 C) 4 D) 8

Work Book 175

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
27. If the lines x = 1 + s, y = –3 – λs , z = 1 + S and Numerical type
x = t, y = 1 + t, z = 2 – λt are coplanar then λ =
30. A line makes acute angles of α, β, γ with the
A) –6 B) –1
C) 1 D) 36
coordinate axes such that cos α cos=
β cos β
28. A plane P meets the coordinate axes at A,B 2 4
and C respectively. The centroid of ∆ABC is
cos γ = and cos γ cos α = then cos α + cos β
9 9
given to be (1,1,2). Then the equation of the
+ cos γ =
line through this centroid and perpendicular tot
he plane P is x −3 y+2 z+λ
31. If the line = = lies in the plane,
x −1 y −1 z−2 1 −1 −2
A) = =
1 2 2
x −1 y −1 z−2 2x − 4y + 3z =
2 then the shortest distance
B) = =
2 2 1
x −1 y −1 z−2
C) = = x −1 y z
2 1 1 between this line and the line, = = is
x −1 y −1 z−2 12 9 4
D) = = x −1 y +1 z −1
1 1 2 32. If the line = = and
2 3 4
29. The point P is the intersection of the straight
line joining the points Q (2,3,5) and R(1,–1,4)
x −3 y−k z
with the plane 5x – 4y – z = 1. If S is the foot = = intersect, then k is equal t
1 2 1
of the perpendicular drawn from the point
T (2,1,4) to QR, then the length of the line
segment PS is
1
A) B) 2
2

C) 2 D) 2 2

176 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK2026

ANSWER KEY

1. C 7 A 13. A 19. B 25. D

2. A 8. D 14. D 20. B 26. D

3. D 9. B 15. A 21. A 27. B

4. C 10. D 16. A 22. C 28. B

5. B 11. B 17. D 23. C 29. A

6. D 12. D 18. C 24. B 30. 1.67

31. 0

32. 4.5

Work Book 177

 K B OO
OR

K
W

Chapter
THEORY OF PROBABILITY
26

1. An experiment succeeds twice often as it fails. 4. A and B are two events such that

The probability of at least 5 successes in six P ( A or B ) = P ( A ) . Then which of the following

is true
trials of the experiment is
A) A and B are mutually exclusive
240 192
A) B)
729 729 B) A and B are independent

256 496 C) B is a subset of A

C) D)
729 729
D) A is a subset of B
2. A and B are complements of A and B and if .
5. A urn contains 5 Red and 2 Green balls. A ball
0 < P ( B ) < 1 Then is drawn at random from the urn. If the drawn
ball is green, a red ball is added to the urn
( )
A) P ( A | B ) + P A | B =
1 and if the ball drawn is red, then a green ball
is added to the urn. The original ball is not
returned to the urn. Then the probability that
( )
B) P ( A | B ) + P A | B =
1 the second ball is red.

23 1
( ) (
C) P A | B + P A | B =
1 ) A)
49
B)
2
13 32
C) D)
49 49
( )
D) P A | B + P ( A | B ) =
1
6. Box I contains 30 cards numbered from 1 to
30 and Box II contains 20 cards numbered
3. Probability of an event A is defined as from 31 to 50. A box is selected at random
and a card is drawn from it. The number on
the card is found to be a non prime number.
A) chance of that event The probability that the card was drawn from
box B1 is
B) possibility of the event
8 2
A) B)
17 3
C) measure of chance of A
4 2
C) D)
D) all of the above 17 5
178 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
7. E1, E2 and E3 are pair wise independent events 10. Set S contains 7 elements. A non empty sub-

such that P ( E1 ) > 0 and P set A of S and an element x of S are choosen

at random. The probability that x ∈ A
 E ′ ∩E ′ 
( E1 ∩ E 2 ∩ E3 ) =
0 ; Then P  2

3
. =
 31 64
 E1  A) B)
128 127
1 63
( )
A) P E 3′ − P ( E 2 )
C)
2
D)
128
11. Three boys and two girls stand in a queue. The
B) P ( E ′ ) + P ( E )
2 3
probability that the number of boys ahead of

C) P ( E ′ ) − P ( E ′ )
every girl is at least one more than the number
3 2
of girls a head of her

D) P(E 3 ) − P(E 2 ') 1 1

A) B)
2 3
1 2 3
8. The P [ Exactly one of A or B] = C) D)
4 3 4
1
P [ Exactly one of Bor C] = 12. If x,y,z are 3 numbers (not necessarily differ-
4
ent) choosen randomly with replacement from
1
P [ Exactly one of A or C] = the set {1, 2,3, 4,5} . What is the probability that
4
1 ( xy + z ) is even?
P [ All of A, Band Csimultaneously ] =
16 65 57
A) B)
125 125
Then P [ At least one of A or Bor C ] =
59 13
C) D)
1 5 125 125
A) B)
16 16 13. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. The prob-
ability that face 4 comes at least once
7 3
C) D)
16 16 11 1
A) B)
36 3
9. 10 different balls are to be placed in 4 distinct 10 2
C) D)
boxes at random. The probability that two of 36 3

these boxes contain exactly 2 and 3 balls 14. A card is drawn from a pack of cards and a
gambler bets that is a spade or ace. What are
945 965
A) B) the odds against his winning the bet?
211 211
A) 4 : 9 B) 9 : 4
945 965
C) D)
210 210 C) 4 :13 D) 13 : 4

Work Book 179

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE
15. If two dice all thrown simultaneously then the 20. There are 2 statisticians 4 engineers, 3 econ-
probability that the sum of the numbers which omists and one doctor. A committee of 4 from

come upon the dice to be more than 5. them to be formed. The probability that the
committee has atleast one economist
A) 5 / 36 B) 1/ 6 1 4
A) B)
C) 5 /18 D) 13 /18 6 35
5 5
16. If the probability that A and B will die within a C) D)
6 7
year are p and q respectively then the prob-
21. If A and B are mutually exclusive events and
ability that only one of them will be alive the 1 13
end of the year is
( B)
P= ; P ( A ∪=
B) then P (=
A)
3 21

A) p + q B) p + q − 2pq A) 1/ 7 B) 2 / 7

C) p + q − pq D) p + q + pq C) 4 / 7 D) 3 / 7

1 2 1 22. A complete cycle of traffic light is 60sec. During

17. P(A)
= , P(B)
= , P ( A ∪=
B) , P ( A C ∪ B=
C
)
4 5 2
each cycle the light is green for 25 sec. Yellow
17 3 for 5sec, and red for 30 sec. At a randomly
A) B)
20 20 chosen time the probability that the light will
1 3 not be green is
C) D)
10 10
A) 1/12 B) 5 /12
18. Three numbers are selected from first 100
natural numbers. The probability that all the C) 7 /12 D) 2 / 3

three numbers are divisible by 2 and 3 23. Out of 40 consecutive natural numbers two
4 4 are chosen at random. The probability that the
A) B)
25 35 sum is odd.

4 4
C) D) A) 1/ 2 B) 1/ 3
55 1155
4 20
19. P(A) = then the odds against A are C) D) 1/ 4
7 39
=
24. P(A) 0.65
= P(B) 0.8 then P ( A ∩ B ) lies
3 3 in
A) B)
7 4
A) [ 0.3, 0.8] B) [ 0.45, 0.65]
4 7
C) D)
7 10 C) [ 0.4, 0.7 ] D) [ 0.35, 0.75]

180 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
25. What is the probability that the roots of the 30. What is the probability of 53 Thursdays in a
equation n 1
x 2 + nx + + =0 where non leap year?
2 2
n ∈ N, n ≤ 5 are real and equal ? A) 2/7 B) 3/7

C) 1/7 D) 4/7
A) 1/ 5 B) 1/ 4
31. A number x selected from first 100 natural
C) 0 D) 3 / 5
numbers. Find the probability that x satisfies
100
26. Two unbiased dice are thrown. Let X be the the condition x + > 50
x
sum of faces then P  x − 7 ≥ 3 =
10 11
A) 1/ 2 B) 1/ 5 A) B)
13 100
C) 1/ 7 D) 1/ 3
11 55
C) D)
20 101
27. From a group of 10 men and 5 women, four 32. There are 3 events A, B and C one of which
member committee are to be formed each of
must and only one can happen. The odds are
which contain at least one women. Then the
8 to 3 against A and 2 to 5 for B then odds
probability of these committee to have more
against C is
woman than men
34 34
21 1 A) B)
A) B) 77 43
220 11
77 43
3 2 C) D)
C) D) 34 34
11 23
33. Two dice are thrown. What is the probability
28. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the
that the sum of numbers appearing on the two
probability of getting at most two heads?
dice is 11 if 5 appears on the first?
3 1
A) B) 1 2
4 4 A) B)
6 3
3 7
C) D) 1 6
8 8 C) D)
36 36
29. What is the probability of that no two boys are
34. A single letter is selected from the word PROB-
sitting together for a photograph if there are 5
girls and 2 boys? ABILITY. The probability that it is a vowel

1 5 1 4
A) B) A) B)
21 7 3 11
2 4 2 3
C) D) C) D)
7 7 11 11
Work Book 181
B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

35. P ( A ∪ B )= P ( A ∩ B ) then 39. Probability that a plant will live is

3
and the
4
A) P(A) = P(B)
probability that another plant will live is 1 . The
B) P(A) > P(B) 3
probability that only one of them will live is
C) P(A) < P(B)

A) 7 /12 B) 1/ 4
D) None of these

36. Five dice are thrown. The probability that the C) 1/ 6 D) 1/ 5

five numbers shown are different
40. A man speaks truth 3 out of 4 times. After
5 5
A) B) throwing a die he reports that the face is six.
18 54
5 5 What is the probability that it was actually six :
C) D)
27 81 1 3
A) B)
37. Getting an ‘Odd face’ is a success. If a die 2 5
is tossed 6 times the probability of getting 5 3 1
success is: C) D)
8 8
A) 3/32 B) 4/32 E) 1/3

C) 6/32 D) 7/36
Integer Type
E) 1/2 2
41. A and B are two events such that P ( A ) =
5
38. ( )
In a binomial distribution B n, p = 1 4 , if the
3
probability of atleast one success is greater and P ( A ∩ B ) = . Then the conditional
9 20
than or equal to , then n is greater than:
10
A)
1 probability P ( A | A′ ∪ B′ ) =
log10 4 − log10 3
42. In a class of 60 students, 40 opted for NCC 30
1
B) opted for NSS and 20 opted for both NCC and
log10 4 + log10 3
NSS. If one student is selected at random, the
3 probability that the student selected has opted
C)
log10 4 − log10 3 neither NCC nor NSS

4
D) 43. Exactly one of A and B occurs has probability
log10 4 − log10 3
2 and 1
P ( A or B ) = . Then the probability
7 5 2
E)
log10 4 + log10 3 that both of them occurs is
182 MATHEMATICS
 JEE MAIN WORKBOOK 2026
44. The probability that a shooter hitting a target is 47. The probability that a leap year should have

1/3. Find the minimum number of independent 53 Tuesdays is

shots required so that the probability of hitting

5 48. A coin and six faced die, both unbiased are
the target at least once is ≥
6 thrown simultaneously. The probability of

45. In a box there are 20 cards out of which 10 getting a head on the coin and an odd number

cards are labelled as A and remaining 10 cards on the die is

are labelled as B. Cards are drawn at random

49. The probability that at least one of the events A
one by one with replacement untill a second A
and B occurs is 0.6. If probability A and B occur
is obtained. The probability that second A card
( ) ( )
simultaneously. is 0.2 then P A + P B =
appears before the 3 B card is
rd

50. An unbiased coin is tossed n times. If the

46. What is the probability that there are 53
probability that head occurs 6 times is equal to
Sundays in a leap year
the probability that head occurs 8 times, then

n=

Work Book 183

B
Brilliant STUDY CENTRE

ANSWER KEY

1. C 11. A 21. B 31. C 41. 0.3

2. A 12 C 22. C 32. D 42. 0.167

3. C 13. A 23. C 33. A 43 0.10

4. C 14. B 24. B 34. B 44. 5

5. D 15. D 25. C 35. A 45. 0.69

6. A 16. B 26. D 36. B 46. 0.285

7. A 17. A 27. B 37. A 47. 0.285

8. C 18. D 28. D 38. A 48. 0.25

9. C 19. B 29. B 39. A 49. 1.2

10. B 20. C 30. C 40. C 50. 14

184 MATHEMATICS